Pipesuport - Catalogo de Suportação - 00001973648d16589hjm PDF

3
1. BIG TON VARIABLE SPRING UNIT INSTALLED IN A REFINERY

2. FROM LEFT: LARRY ALTSHULER, OPERATIONS MGR.; ROY
ALLISON, VP, RAKESH AGRAWAL, VP, DR. DURGA AGRAWAL,
PRESIDENT, RANDY BAILEY, VP, BEN TATUM, PLANT MGR.,
RAY WALKER, COMPTROLLER.
LOCAL PHONE
713 731 0030

!
FAX
TOLL-FREE OUTSIDE TEXAS
713 731 8640 800 PTP 5914

!
3.
4.
5.
6.
36 GIMBAL EXP. JT. BEING HYDRO-TESTED AT 1125 P.S.I.

A PHYSICAL REPRESENTATION OF PT&PS LOGO
24 SPECIAL FABRICATED RISER CLAMP READY FOR SHIPPING.
42 PRE-INSULATED LINE ANCHORS, CRYOGENIC SUPPORTS
E-MAIL
info@pipingtech.com
WWW
http://www.pipingtech.com/
PIPING TECHNOLOGY & PRODUCTS, INC. 04/99

50M PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Piping Technology & Products, Inc. / Houston, Texas, USA / PHONE +1-713-731-0030 / FAX +1-713-731-8640 / E-MAIL info@pipingtech.com
STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

QUALITY SYSTEMS
ISO 9002, ASQC Q-92, CAN3 Z299
DESIGN
ASME B31.1, ASME B31.3, ASME Section VIII Pressure Vessels
MANUFACTURING
MSS
AWS
ASTM
EJMA
SP-58 and SP-69

D1.1
A36
A53
A120
A123 and A446
A125
A153
A307 and A325
C916
D1621, 1622, 1623
Sixth Edition 1993
Pipe Hangers and Supports

Structural WeldingSteel
Structural Steel
Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe
Black and Hot Dipped Zinc-Coated Steel Pipe
Zinc Coatings on Steel Fabrication
Helical Steel Springs
Hot Dipped Zinc-coated Hardware
Bolts and Studs
Adhesives
Cellular Plastics
Expansion Joints
Steel Structures Painting Council, Vol. 1 & 2 and ISO 8501-1

Industrial Fasteners Institute, IFI-122 Metric Fastener Standards
TESTING
ANSI
B18.2.3
B18.22.1
Screws, Nuts and Bolts

Washers
TESTING
In the picture to the right, a test of
the bonding strength of an
adhesive designed for low
temperature application is being
conducted. Polyurethane strips
have been bonded to metal strips
which are pulled apart in a load
cell which measures the
force applied.
QUALITY STATEMENT
Piping Technology & Products, Inc. and Sweco Fab, Inc. are committed to continuous improvement of our products and services. We will work to understand and meet requirements of our external and internal customers.
Viewing ourselves as part of a team which includes our customers and our suppliers, we will understand our role
in meeting the teams goals. We will plan and execute our work to meet our customers specifications.
Working together we will strive to...DO IT RIGHT THE FIRST TIME.
7
6
1. MATERIAL PREPARATION PRO

DUCTION EQUIPMENT
2. 7 800 mPIG LAUNCHER
3. FABRICATION SHOP BAY
4. ALUMINUM POWDER TREATER
5. SPECIAL DESIGN FLAME
DIVERTER
6. TESTING OF A 624m mSLIP-TYPE
EXPANSION JOINT
7. EMBED STEEL FOR MAJOR
VENEZUELAN PROJECT
8. SPECIALLY FABRICATED PIPE
SHOE FOR INDONESIAN
PROJECT
INDEX OF CATALOG BY SECTIONS

SECTION
PAGE
INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................3
Catalog Improvements ........................................................................................................................................................3
PT&P Plant Facilities...........................................................................................................................................................3
Technical Capabilities..... ....................................................................................................................................................5
ENGINEERED SPRING SUPPORTS ...........................................................................................9

Variable Load and Travel Tables ........................................................................................................................................17-18
Variable Springs..................................................................................................................................................................19-30
Big Ton Springs...................................................................................................................................................................31-32
Constants ............................................................................................................................................................................33-79
Vibration Control and Sway Brace ......................................................................................................................................80-82
Hydraulic Shock and Sway Suppressor ..............................................................................................................................83-84
Sway Strut Assemblies........................................................................................................................................................85-88
SUPPORT ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS ......................................................................................91

Pictorial Index......................................................................................................................................................................93
Pipe Clamps and Risers......................................................................................................................................................96-103
Clevis Hangers....................................................................................................................................................................104-109
Beam Attachments..............................................................................................................................................................110-116
Hardware, Rods, and U-Bolts..............................................................................................................................................117-122
Saddle Supports and Coverings..........................................................................................................................................123-131
Hold-Downs.........................................................................................................................................................................132-134
FABRICATED PIPE SHOES AND ANCHORS...............................................................................137

Supports Which Require Field Welding...............................................................................................................................141-147
Supports With No Field Welding .........................................................................................................................................148-156
Insulated Supports ..............................................................................................................................................................157-163
SLIDE PLATES .........................................................................................................................165

6:,+Coated ...................................................................................................................................................................167-169
Graphite and Stainless Steel...............................................................................................................................................170-172
EXPANSION JOINTS................................................................................................................173
Multi-Ply Stainless Steel Bellows ........................................................................................................................................175-177
Slip-Type ............................................................................................................................................................................178
Fabricated Thick Wall..........................................................................................................................................................178
Fabricated Fabric ................................................................................................................................................................179
Furnace Bags......................................................................................................................................................................180
MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ....................................................181

Instrument Supports............................................................................................................................................................182-185
Anchor Bolts and Imbeds ....................................................................................................................................................186
Line Blinds...........................................................................................................................................................................186
INDEX OF CATALOG BY FIGURE NUMBER ................................................................................187-188

Terms of Sale......................................................................................................................................................................189
*We continuously improve our products and designs. We may modify and/or alter some dimensions without prior notification to our customers.*
Rev1-04/26/99
7
6
1. ROUND AND RECTANGULAR

FABRIC EXPANSION JOINTS
2. PIPELINE TO THE FUTURE
EXHIBIT AT HOUSTON NATURAL
SCIENCE MUSEUM
3. CLAMP-ON PIPE SHOES
4. THRUST RINGS
5. 3380 mm DIAMETER THICK-WALL
EXPANSION JOINT
6. 2808 mm DIAMETER WATER TANK
7. SULFURIC ACID TANKS
8. STRAIGHTENING VANES
2
ABOUT PIPING TECHNOLOGY & PRODUCTS

PT&P was incorporated in Texas in 1978. In 1986 we acquired Sweco Fab, Inc., an ASME Code pressure vessel shop to
complement our product line. In 1988 the major manufacturing facilities of both companies moved to our present
headquarters in Houston, Texas. PT&P acquired the metal expansion joint business of RM Engineered Products, Inc. of
Ladson, SC in 1995. The machinery and technology acquired provided the capability to manufacture thin-wall metal
bellows. In 1997 PT&P acquired Ketema-U.S. Bellows of San Diego, CA, another major manufacturer of metal bellows.
Piping Technology & Products

- Pipe Supports
- engineered spring supports (variables and constants)
- vibration control devices (snubbers, sway struts)
- pre-insulated pipe supports (cold and hot applications)
- fabricated pipe` shoes
- hold-down clamps + misc. hardware
- Instrument Supports
- Anchors Bolts, Embed Plates
- Slide bearings - 37)(, Graphite, Stainless Steel
Member of MSS, SPED, APFA
SWECO Fab, Inc.
U.S. Bellows, Inc.
- Pressure Vessels
- Pig-Launchers/Receivers
- Spectacle/Line Blinds
- Bellmouth Reducers
- Misc. Fabrication
- Expansion Joints
- thin-wall metallic
- rubber and fabric joints
- slip-type joints
- thick-wall
ASME U-Stamp
Pending Membership to EJMA
Today, Piping Technology & Products, and its fully owned subsidiaries, Sweco Fab and U.S. Bellows are manufacturers
of a wide range of products. The chart above shows the division of product lines between the three companies. Products
manufactured by PT&P and its subsidiaries include:

pipe hangers and supports (variable and

constant load and big-tons)
mechanical and hydraulic snubbers
pre-insulated pipe supports (cryogenic
supports, cold shoes, hot shoes)
instrument supports
Hold-down clamps for compressor lines

expansion joints (metallic thin-wall, metallic

thick-wall, fabric, rubber, slip-type)
ASME code pressure vessels and tanks
spectacle/line blinds and orifice plates
pig launchers and receivers
slide bearings - 6:,+, graphite, and stainless
steel
FACILITIES
All three companies, Piping Technology & Products, Inc., U.S. Bellows, Inc. and Sweco Fab, Inc. share engineering and
manufacturing resources at our 21-acre manufacturing facility in Houston, Texas. PT&Ps manufacturing facilities are
located near the Port of Houston, the largest port in the United States, for fast and convenient shipping around the world.
PT&P/U.S. Bellows/Sweco have 450,000 square feet of covered shop space at our manufacturing facility in Houston.
As our long-time customers know, after many years on Long Drive here in Houston, PT&P purchased 7.2 acres on Holmes`
Road in Houston, Texas in the summer of 1987. After upgrading the electrical systems, PT&P and Sweco Fab, Inc.,
3
PT&Ps ASME code fabrication shop, relocated to this new facility. Since that time, PT&P has continued to expand and
improve our work space at our Holmes Road Facility:

1991: PT&P adds 17,000 square foot warehouse for storage of hardware and assembly components and 6,000 square
foot painting facility with modern environmental controls.
1992: PT&P obtains two adjacent properties, bringing our total plant area to 15.4 acres. This new space was used for
the production of polyurethane components for cryogenic pipe shoes and as assembly area for all pre-insulated pipe
supports.
1995: PT&P Plant Expansion: 100,000 square feet of covered shop space is added to PT&Ps existing facility. This
additional space is used to receive and store raw materials and for staging and crating of materials which are ready for
shipment.
1999: PT&P Plant Expansion II: an additional 100,000 square feet of covered shop space to increase PT&P
manufacturing capacity for 1) pre-insulated pipe supports, 2) expansion joint products, and 3) general fabrication.
PT&P extends an invitation to all of its customers to come to Houston and visit the plant. This is the best way to see our
people, our facilities, and the many capabilities we have to serve you.
USING THIS CATALOG

Three types of indexes are included in this product catalog to help you find the items you need:

Table of Contents: This section describes the sections of the catalog and the types of items included in each
section
Section Table of Contents: Each section also has its own detailed table of contents, listing the items in the
section.
Figure Number Index: In the back of the catalog, there is a cross-reference of figure numbers and pages, sorted
numerically by figure number. Pictures have also been included to serve as a visual index of the products.
The designs presented in this catalog are PT&P standards, but, as always, specials which include modifications to meet
customer needs and special applications, are a major part of our business. If you dont find what you want on one of these
pages send us your requirements and we will work with you to fabricate what you require.
4
TECHNICAL CAPABILITIES
Development of our technical personnel and their computerized tools is a major component of the progress at Piping
Technology & Products, Inc. The combination of recent engineering graduates with advanced mathematical training and
experienced fabricators who understand the current problems in our industry provides a powerful synergy for creative new
ideas. A number of special designs have been developed to solve unique customer problems.
Finite Element Analysis: Finite element analysis software is used to simulate the loads and resulting stresses which a
particular design might experience in the field. The diagram on the following page shows the finite element analysis of a
pipe shoe. These time and money-saving computer simulations are used to select designs for prototypes which we later
build for physical testing. Physical tests using hydraulic presses, load cells, and special snubber testing machines, allow us
to test products with actual loads to confirm our design loads and safety factors. Temperature and pressure tests are also
used when appropriate. This process is the key to rapid and cost-effective improvement of our products. Finite element
analysis is also often used to prove special designs to our customer.
PDS Product Catalog: PT&P has also developed software catalogs for leading Plant Design Software -- find out more
information at the PT&P website -- http://www.pipingtech.com/
Electronic Data Interchange: PT&P regularly conducts electronic data interchange with customers. PT&P dedicates an
in-house team of software developers and integrators to setup intra-company electronic processes that increase data
accuracy and reduce cycle time.
Customer-Specific Product Databases: With certain customers, PT&P has created material take-off databases and
drawings for their pipe support standards. These systems allow PT&P to accurately and quickly fabricate standard designs
used by major E&C firms. This also permits PT&P to modify and add to the data base quickly when customers create new
designs.
We recognize that applying the tools of modern technology to our business is a large part of staying competitive in todays
market. We have made significant progress in this area and we expect to continue improving our capabilities.
5
STRESS ANALYSIS FOR 30" PIPE SHOE
SPECIAL FABRICATED 30" PIPE SHOE FOR HEAVY LOADING
6
7
6
1. PIPELINE PIG LANCHER AND

RECEIVERS
2. REPLACEMENT OF A DAMAGED
TRUCK-MOUNTED TANK
3. SPECIAL PAINT JOB ON BELLMOUTH REDUCERS
4. VESSEL READY FOR
TRANSPORT
5. 6.24 m FINGER JOINT ASSEMBLY
6. BALL-TYPE FLEXIBLE STRUT
JOINTS FOR VIBRATION
CONTROL
7. SPECIALLY DESIGNED WET AIR
FAN CYCLONE
8. MACHINED SURFACE SEALING
RINGS AND ORIFICE PLATES
7
7
6
1. STRAIGHTENING VANES IN
ELBOWS
2. 108 316SS THRUST RINGS
3. FLUE GAS DUCT DAMPER
4. SURGE PROTECTION VESSEL
5. INSPECTION OF SLIP-TYPE
EXPANSION JOINT
6. FABRICATION OF BELL-MOUTH
REDUCERS
7. RECTANGULAR EXPANSION
JOINT FABRICATION
8. SPECIAL SLIP-TYPE EXPANSION
JOINT
ENGINEERED
SPRING
SUPPORTS
SPRING HANGERS FOR 788 DEG. C

SKID-MONTED UNIT
FURNACE SPRINGS FOR 910 mm OF MOVEMENT
EN-SPRG.SM-11/22/94
ENGINEERED SPRING SUPPORTS

DESCRIPTION
PAGE
VARIABLE SPRING SUPPORTS

Load and Travel Tables........................................................................................17-18
Units are Pounds and Inches ...............................................................................17
Units are Kilograms and Millimeters.....................................................................18
DRAWINGS AND DATA

Fig. PTP-1 Short Springs.................................................................................19-20
Fig. PTP-2 Standard Springs...........................................................................21-23
Fig. PTP-4 Double Springs ..............................................................................24-25
Fig. PTP-6 Triple Springs ................................................................................26-27
Fig. PTP-8 Quadruple Springs.........................................................................28-29
Fig. 400 -Light Duty Springs..................................................................................30
BIG TON SPRINGS ......................................................................................................31-32
CONSTANT SPRING SUPPORTS

Load and Travel Tables Units are Pounds and Inches...................................................................................................35-42
VERTICAL CONSTANTS DRAWINGS AND DATA

Fig. PTP 100-A .......................................................................................................43-45
Fig. PTP 100-B .......................................................................................................46-48
Fig. PTP 100-C .......................................................................................................49-51
Fig. PTP 100-D .......................................................................................................52-54
Fig. PTP 100-E .......................................................................................................55
Fig. PTP 100-F........................................................................................................56
Fig. PTP 100-G .......................................................................................................57-59
Fig. PTP 100-U .......................................................................................................60
HORIZONTAL CONSTANTS DRAWINGS AND DATA

Fig. PTP 200-A .......................................................................................................61-63
Fig. PTP 200-B .......................................................................................................64-66
Fig. PTP 200-C .......................................................................................................67-69
Fig. PTP 200-D .......................................................................................................70-72
Fig. PTP 200-E .......................................................................................................73-75
Fig. PTP 200-F........................................................................................................76-77
Fig. PTP 200-U .......................................................................................................78-79
VELOCITY LIMITING DEVICES

Fig. 550: Vibration Control and Sway Brace ..........................................................80-82
Fig. 2100: Hydraulic Shock and Sway Suppressor ................................................83
Mechanical Snubber Assembly..............................................................................84
Fig. 2110 and Fig. 2120: Sway Strut Assemblies ..................................................85-87
E-Dimension for Fig. 2110 and Fig. 2120 ..............................................................88
10
FINISH
Galvanizing provides the most cost-effective finish for use in corrosive environments. Because the majority of our
customers specify galvanized finish, we maintain a large inventory of galvanized components which enables us to
assemble and ship variables very quickly. A longer delivery time is needed when finishes other than galvanized
are specified.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Special features can be provided with the PTP standard variables when required. For example, lifting lugs, such
as those shown in the figure below, can be helpful for installing large hangers. Other special features include
upper and lower limit stops, guided load columns, jacking bolts, Type F 6:,+ collars, or extended load columns.
Special features may increase the price and the time required for delivery.
TYPE F VARIABLE SPRINGS FOR SUPPORT
OF LARGE, SKID-MOUNTED PUMPS
TYPE A VARIABLE SPRINGS: PTP-2S, 4S AND 6S
FEATURES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Precompression - precompressing the spring coil into the hanger casing saves headroom and erection
time.
Full-length slots in the casing at two locations 180 degrees apart allowing for complete in-service visual
inspection of the spring coil and other internal components.
For each series, there is a reserve travel at the upper and lower limits of the working range of the hanger,
and any travel beyond this reserve travel becomes either free up movement or a limit stop for downward
travel.
The allowable stress of the coil spring conforms to MSS SP-58.
All-steel construction - spring and casing are fabricated of steel and are rugged and compact.
Anti-corrosive material (stainless steel) is used for the nameplate.
Load Indicators are clearly visible in the slot and are easily readable.
The piston plate serves as a centering device or guide, maintaining spring concentricity under eccentric
loads.
Finish - hot dipped galvanized, or other, as specified.
All F-type supports are supplied with a load flange.
16
VARIABLE SPRING NAME PLATES
PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS
The physical dimensions of variables are different depending on the figure number and size you have selected.
The following pages provide drawings and dimensions for every combination of PTPs standard variable supports.
If you have a requirement for which you do not have clearance for the standard spring, please contact us about a
modification to satisfy your requirement.
During assembly the coils are pre-compressed and travel stops, which are painted red, are installed and banded in
place with steel bands as shown in the figure below. Any load, such as in hydro-testing of the pipe, applied to the
variable spring prior to removing the travel stops will not be applied to the coil. When installation is complete, the
travel stops must be removed so the variable spring can function properly.
SPRING HANGERS READY FOR QUALITY CONTROL

INSPECTION ANDSHIPMENT
SPRING CANS WITH YOKE U-BOLTS (FIG 43)
15
ENGINEERED
SPRING SUPPORTS
Piping Technology & Products, Inc. is a manufacturer and fabricator of all types of pipe supports. This section is
devoted to variable spring and constant supports. In addition to the many standard supports you will find described
here, we will design and custom-build special supports to meet your specific needs. In fact, many of the items you
will see in this catalog were developed for the specific requirements of a customer who could not use the standard
designs available in our industry. If you do not find what you need, or if you need technical advice, please contact
us.
Designers of piping systems must provide for the pull of gravity and for movement due to thermal expansion.
Spring supports, variables, and constants are devices which are cost-effective and structurally sound in solving certain pipe support problems. Constants are more expensive, so they are usually used in more critical applications,
described in detail in the Constant Spring Hangers section.
The illustration below shows three applications of spring supports and one involving a counterweight. In figure (A),
a variable spring support is placed under the horizontal pipe just left of a vertical section which has a guide and
rigid support. In (B) a variable hanger is suspended from above and connected to the elbow above the vertical
section. In (C) the designer has chosen a constant load hanger because the vertical section is connected to a critical nozzle. A counterweight such as shown in (D) may be useful when pipe weights are unknown and must be balanced in the field. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. will calculate and custom-fabricate such counterweights for
you.
VARIABLE
SPRING
SUPPORT
CONSTANT
LOAD
HANGER
VARIABLE
HANGER
COUNTERWEIGHT
11
INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

The Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) has standard practices SP-58 and SP-69 which are widely used
in our industry. ASME B31.1 and B31.3 are important standards for piping in the power and petrochemical industries. Moreover, many of our customers have their own standards and designs for pipe supports. At Piping
Technology & Products, Inc., we always keep these guidelines in mind and manufacture your supports to their strict
specifications. In this section, you will find our standard variable and constant pipe supports.
VARIABLE SPRING SUPPORTS

Variables use coiled springs to support a load and allow movement. The resistance of the coil to a load changes
during compression, which is why these devices are called variables. There are many different designs for variable supports and a particular nomenclature used to identify them.
TYPES OF VARIABLE SUPPORTS

The term type is used with an alphabetical designation (A-G) to describe seven different physical connections to
the supporting structure. The figure below illustrates the applications and the physical connections for each type.
Hangers are suspended from structural members while base supports (Type F) rest on a supporting surface.
TYPE
A
TYPE
B
TYPE
D
TYPE
C
TYPE
F
TYPE
E
TYPE
G
12
TYPE A
The spring support is furnished with a threaded bushing in the top plate,
providing for a simple rod attachment for the upper connection.
TYPES B and C
The spring supports are furnished with one or two lugs welded to the top cap plate
of the casing.
TYPE D
The spring support permits adjustment form the top, by turning the nuts on the
hanger rod against a piece of tubing. The tubing is securely welded to the spring
cap. In type D, the spring is set above the supporting steel.
TYPE E
The spring support permits rod adjustment from either above or below the
spring. The type E spring is set above the supporting steel or can be welded
directly to the supporting steel from below.
TYPE F
The spring support is designed to support piping from below, directly from the
floor or supporting steel. Adjustment is made by inserting a bar into holes in the
load column and turning the load column as a jack screw. The base plate is bolt
ed to the case and has four holes for fastening.
TYPE G
The spring support assembly is formed by welding two standard spring

assemblies to the ends of a pair of channels. Type G assembly can accommdate
unusually heavy loads, and is especially adaptable for avoiding interference in
spaces where headroom is limited. The assembly can be furnished with centerto-center dimensions, as specified by the purchaser. When ordering Type G,
divide the total pipe load in half to select the proper spring size. The travel range
of the springs remains unchanged.
The way a variable spring support responds to an applied load depends on the coil or coils inside the casing. Each
coil arrangement has a spring rate expressed in units of pounds/inch (or kilograms/millimeters) of compression.
The required coil size is determined by load while the required number of coils (length) is determined by the anticipated range of movement. A longer coil or coils placed in series will provide greater travel for similar loads.
Manufacturers use their figure numbers to designate the coil arrangements which provide greater movement. At
Piping Technology & Products, Inc, we use PTP-1, PTP-2, PTP-4, PTP-6, and PTP-8 to designate the five standard
coil arrangements we employ to increase the working range of travel of variable supports. The Load and Travel
Tables on pages 17 and 18 are color-coded to identify the travel and spring rates for each PTP figure number.
These tables can be used to select the PTP Figure Number and size required for a particular application.
13
LOAD AND TRAVEL TABLE

The twenty-three columns designated 00, 10, 20, ..., 220 identify the size and spring rate of coils used in the variables. The larger numbers have higher spring rates and are used to support greater loads. The recommended
working range of loads for each size is shown between the red lines in the tables. The center of the working range
is colored blue. Selecting variables with the loads within the working range provides a reserve above and below to
insure the coil can function inside the casing.
In using the Load and Travel Table to choose the proper variable support, it is best to have the operating (hot) load
and an amount and direction of expected movement. Variability is a key criterion in selecting the figure number
and size. Variability is the percentage of change in the supporting force between the operating (hot) and installed
(cold) positions calculated as shown:
SPRING RATE X MOVEMENT

VARIABILITY = ------------------------------OPERATING LOAD
Good practice, as specified by MSS SP-58, is to choose a support with variability less than or equal to 25%.
Always try to choose a variable with the operating (hot) load near the center line (blue) of the working range in the
Load and Travel Table. If you have a situation in which you cannot select a standard variable which has both the
operating load and the installed load within the working range, contact us and we will help you determine alternatives.
The quality of the spring coil is very important to performance. Piping Technology buys coils from major suppliers
with automated production facilities and Quality Assurance programs to provide the highest quality at competitive
prices. We keep an extensive inventory of coils at all times so we can respond to the emergency requirements of
our customers.
Most of our customers request neoprene coating for their spring coils, which we do in our facility. Neoprene protects the spring coil from many corrosives without affecting the flex life of the coil. In some cases, such as in a furnace installation, temperatures are too high for neoprene. We apply paint or other types of coatings for this situation. Neoprene is recommended only for operating temperatures up to 107 degrees C.
Each variable spring we build is placed in a load cell and calibrated to the design load and movement. The name
plates (examples shown in Figure C) show the position where the pressure plate meets the coil at the operating
(hot) load and the installed (cold) load positions. The name plate also shows PTPs figure number, size, spring
rate, and the customer's designated mark or tag number.
14
FIG. PTP-1
SHORT SPRINGS
TYPE A
TYPE
GENERAL DIMS FOR FIG. PTP-1

HANGER
SIZE
TYPE
TYPE A
TYPES B & C
ROD CASING CASING BOTT. PLATE LOADED LENGTH LUG HOLE HEIGHT
SIZE LENGTH DIA.
DIA.
SIZE
OF PIN
X
TYPES A, B, & C
CLEVIS THICK LOADED LENGTH

OPENING
X
APPROX
WEIGHT
MIN.
MAX.
MIN.
MAX.
kg
00
12
114
102
156
135
167
17
38
32
22
205
237
2.3
10
12
121
102
156
141
173
17
38
32
22
211
243
2.7
20
12
137
102
156
154
186
17
38
32
22
224
256
3.2
30
12
124
141
194
141
173
17
38
32
22
211
243
4.1
40
12
133
141
194
154
186
17
38
32
22
224
256
4.5
50
12
143
141
194
160
192
17
38
32
22
230
262
5.0
60
16
148
168
225
171
203
21
38
32
27
241
273
7.7
70
16
164
168
225
184
216
21
38
32
27
254
286
9.1
80
16
170
168
225
191
222
21
38
32
27
260
292
9.5
90
20
197
219
295
217
249
24
38
32
32
10
287
319
20.9
100
20
210
219
295
230
262
24
38
32
32
10
300
332
23.6
110
20
176
219
295
202
233
29
38
32
32
10
284
316
20.5
120
25
184
219
295
208
240
32
51
38
41
13
297
329
21.8
130
25
219
219
295
246
278
35
51
38
41
13
360
392
26.8
140
32
225
219
295
252
284
35
76
51
51
13
367
398
28.2
150
32
238
219
295
295
327
38
76
51
51
16
422
454
33.6
160
38
270
219
295
337
368
44
76
64
60
19
476
508
40.0
170
45
302
219
295
373
405
51
76
64
60
19
513
545
48.2
180
50
327
324
N/A
406
438
60
102
76
73
19
584
616
104.1
190
58
352
324
N/A
440
471
67
114
76
79
19
630
662
116.4
200
65
406
324
N/A
503
535
73
114
102
83
25
719
751
145.5
210
70
432
324
N/A
516
548
79
114
102
92
25
732
764
168.6
220
75
540
324
N/A
630
662
86
127
102
98
25
859
891
209.1
REV.1-4/10/99
19
PTP1ABC.WK4-11/7/94
SHORT SPRINGS
FIG. PTP -1
TYPE
TYPE E
TYPE
TYPE G
SEE PTP-2 (TYPE G) FOR CHANNEL SIZES
TYPES D & E
HANGER
SIZE
TYPE F
BOTTOM FLANGE
BOLT CIRCLE
BOTTOM
LOAD
FLANGE COLUMN
TYPE G
ROD
LENGTH
NUT
ALLOW.
SPACER
HEIGHT
APPROX.
WEIGHT
BOTTOM
FLANGE
APPROX.
WEIGHT
CHANNEL
SPACING
kg
THK. x SQ.
MIN.
MAX.
BOLTS
DIA.
THK. x SQ.
MIN.
MAX.
kg
kg
00
191
32
44
1.8
6 x 190
178
222
16
48
5 x 96
154
167
4.5
16
25
11
10
197
32
44
2.3
6 x 190
178
222
16
48
5 x 96
160
173
4.5
16
25
11
20
213
32
44
2.7
6 x 190
178
222
16
48
5 x 96
176
189
5.0
16
25
12
30
200
32
44
3.6
6 x 190
197
222
20
73
5 x 133
165
178
7.7
19
25
13
40
210
32
44
4.1
6 x 190
197
222
20
73
5 x 133
175
187
8.2
19
25
14
50
219
32
44
4.5
6 x 190
197
222
20
73
5 x 133
184
197
8.6
19
25
15
60
230
38
44
7.3
10 x 230
206
276
20
89
6 x 160
191
203
14
25
51
20
70
246
38
44
8.6
10 x 230
206
276
20
89
6 x 160
206
219
15
25
51
23
80
252
38
44
9.1
10 x 230
206
276
20
89
6 x 160
213
225
15
25
51
24
90
286
44
44
19
12 x 337
311
419
20
114
12 x 210
237
262
31
32
51
48
100
298
44
44
22
12 x 337
311
419
20
114
12 x 210
249
275
34
32
51
53
110
271
51
44
19
12 x 337
311
419
20
114
12 x 210
216
241
30
32
51
46
120
286
57
44
20
12 x 337
311
419
20
114
12 x 210
224
249
31
38
38
51
130
327
64
44
24
12 x 337
311
419
20
114
12 x 210
259
284
32
38
76
61
140
333
64
44
25
12 x 337
311
419
20
114
12 x 210
265
291
37
38
76
63
150
359
76
44
30
12 x 337
311
419
20
114
12 x 210
271
297
39
54
25
78
160
403
89
44
35
12 x 337
311
419
20
114
12 x 210
303
329
45
54
51
92
170
448
102
44
41
12 x 337
311
419
20
114
12 x 210
335
360
51
54
51
108
180
487
116
44
89
16 x 438
451
559
20
141
12 x 318
351
376
109
60
222
190
524
127
44
98
16 x 438
451
559
20
141
12 x 318
376
402
111
67
25
245
200
592
141
44
124
16 x 438
451
559
20
141
12 x 318
430
456
143
73
25
304
210
635
159
44
140
16 x 438
451
559
20
141
12 x 318
457
483
145
79
25
376
220
752
168
44
182
16 x 438
451
559
20
141
12 x 318
565
591
188
86
76
457
20
LOAD
FLANGE
LOADED LENGTH
X
APPROX.
WEIGHT
PTP1DEFG.WK4-11/7/94
FIG.PTP -2
STANDARD SPRINGS
TYPE A
TYPE B
TYPE C
XA = X - (R + H)
GENERAL DIMENSIONS FOR FIG. PTP-2
HANGER
SIZE
RATED
LOAD
APPROX.
WEIGHT OF ROD SIZE
EACH
CASING
LENGTH
CASING
BOTT.
LUG HOLE THREAD
DIAMETER PLATE DIA.
SIZE
DEPTH
TYPES B & C
PIN
HEIGHT
CLEVIS
OPENING
LUG THK.
SHIPPING LOADED LENGTH

LENGTH
X
kg
kg
MIN.
MAX.
00
31
13
170
102
156
17
11
38
32
22
256
268
334
10
45
13
192
102
156
17
11
38
32
22
275
287
351
20
58
13
211
102
156
17
11
38
32
22
294
306
370
30
75
13
186
141
194
17
11
38
32
22
275
287
351
40
101
13
202
141
194
17
11
38
32
22
287
300
364
50
136
13
219
141
194
17
11
38
32
22
308
321
384
60
181
11
16
224
168
225
21
16
38
32
27
314
327
391
70
242
12
16
248
168
225
21
16
38
32
27
340
352
416
80
324
13
16
260
168
225
21
16
38
32
27
352
365
429
90
432
25
19
276
219
295
24
25
38
32
32
10
368
381
445
100
561
28
19
308
219
295
24
25
38
32
32
10
400
413
476
110
734
25
19
252
219
295
29
25
38
32
32
10
378
391
454
120
972
28
25
268
219
295
32
25
51
38
41
13
392
405
468
130
1295
36
25
333
219
295
35
25
51
38
41
13
468
481
545
140
1727
38
32
337
219
295
35
25
76
51
51
13
468
481
545
150
2332
45
32
349
219
295
38
35
76
51
51
16
525
538
602
160
3239
56
38
408
219
295
44
35
76
64
60
19
608
621
684
170
4318
70
44
460
219
295
51
35
76
64
60
19
589
678
741
180
5748
137
51
460
324
N/A
60
57
102
76
73
19
713
725
789
190
7639
158
57
518
324
N/A
67
57
114
76
79
19
792
805
868
200 10148
207
64
600
324
N/A
73
57
114
102
83
25
906
919
983
210 13495
240
70
643
324
N/A
79
70
114
102
92
25
986
999
1062
220 17996
311
76
822
324
N/A
86
76
127
102
98
25
1160
1173
1237
REV 1-4/12/99
21
PTP2ABC.WK4-11/7/94
FIG. PTP-
STANDARD SPRINGS
TYPE D
TYPE E
TYPE F
TYPES D & E
HANGER
SIZE
00
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
TYPE F
NUT
ALLOWANCE
SHIPPING
LENGTH
SPACER
HEIGHT
ROD
LENGTH
LENGTH
BOTTOM
FLANGE
MIN.
MAX.
32
32
32
32
32
32
38
38
38
44
44
51
57
64
64
76
89
102
116
127
141
159
168
249
271
291
265
281
298
300
324
337
352
384
329
344
410
413
425
484
537
537
594
676
745
899
79
79
79
79
79
79
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
281
303
322
297
313
330
338
362
375
397
429
379
402
473
476
502
573
638
652
721
818
903
1067
208
230
249
227
243
260
265
291
302
316
348
292
308
373
376
383
441
494
484
541
624
694
848
259
281
300
278
294
311
316
341
352
367
398
343
359
424
427
433
492
545
535
592
675
745
899
22
THK. x SQ.
6 x
6 x
6 x
6 x
6 x
6 x
10 x
10 x
10 x
12 x
12 x
12 x
12 x
12 x
12 x
12 x
12 x
12 x
16 x
16 x
16 x
16 x
16 x
190
190
190
190
190
190
230
230
230
337
337
337
337
337
337
337
337
337
438
438
438
438
438
BOTTOM FLANGE
BOLT CIRCLE
BOTTOM
LOAD
FLANGE
FLANGE
MIN.
MAX.
BOLTS
THK. x SQ.
178
178
178
197
197
197
206
206
206
311
311
311
311
311
311
311
311
311
451
451
451
451
451
222
222
222
222
222
222
276
276
276
419
419
419
419
419
419
419
419
419
559
559
559
559
559
16
16
16
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
5 x 96
5 x 96
5 x 96
5 x 133
5 x 133
5 x 133
6 x 160
6 x 160
6 x 160
12 x 210
12 x 210
12 x 210
12 x 210
12 x 210
12 x 210
12 x 210
12 x 210
12 x 210
12 x 318
12 x 318
12 x 318
12 x 318
12 x 318
PTP2DEF.WK4-11/22/9
FIG. PTP-
STANDARD SPRINGS
TYPE G
HANGER
RATED
APPROX.
ROD
CASING
SIZE
LOAD
WEIGHT
SIZE
LENGTH DIAMETER
CASING
OF EACH
00
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
MINIMUM
MAX.
MAX.
CHANNEL
SPACING
THREAD
PIPE
C-C
SIZE
BETWEEN
ENGAGEMENT SIZE
DIM.
kg
kg
65
90
115
150
200
270
365
485
650
865
1125
1470
1945
2590
3455
4665
6475
8635
11495
15275
20295
26990
35990
13
13
14
17
17
18
26
29
30
56
62
57
62
80
83
102
123
148
286
329
424
517
653
13
13
13
13
13
13
16
16
16
19
19
19
25
25
32
32
38
44
51
57
64
70
76
170
192
211
186
202
219
224
248
260
276
308
252
268
333
337
349
408
460
460
518
600
668
822
102
102
102
141
141
141
168
168
168
219
219
219
219
219
219
219
219
219
324
324
324
324
324
19
19
19
19
19
19
24
24
24
27
27
32
35
40
40
48
56
62
71
78
84
94
100
23
305
305
305
406
406
406
508
508
508
508
508
508
508
508
406
508
508
508
508
508
508
610
610
610
610
610
762
762
762
914
914
914
914
914
914
914
914
838
914
914
914
1067
1067
1016
1219
1219
CHANNELS
C 3
C 3
C 3
C 3
C 3
C 3
C 3
C 3
C 3
C 4
C 4
C 4
C 5
C 5
C 5
C 6
C 8
C 8
C 12
C 12
C 12
C 15
C 15
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
5.4
5.4
5.4
6.7
6.7
6.7
10.5
11.5
11.5
20.7
20.7
20.7
33.9
33.9
16
16
16
19
19
19
25
25
25
32
32
32
38
38
38
54
54
54
60
67
73
79
86
38
38
38
51
51
51
51
51
51
76
76
76
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
16
13
13
19
16
19
21
22
22
22
22
43
35
21
17
49
60
65
75
84
90
102
110
PTP2G.WK4-11/22/94
DOUBLE SPRINGS
FIG.PTP
FIG.PTP -4
TYPE A
TYPE B

HANGER
SIZE
ROD
SIZE
TYPE C
TYPE A
TYPES B & C
CASING CASING BOTT. LOADED LENGTH LUG HOLE

LTH.
DIA. PLATE
SIZE
X
MIN.
MAX.
00
12
321
102
156
364
491
10
12
365
102
156
408
535
20
12
403
102
156
446
30
12
356
141
194
40
12
387
141
194
50
12
422
141
60
16
424
168
70
16
473
80
16
497
90
20
100
110
TYPE D
PIN
HT
APPROX. WEIGHT
OF EACH (kg)
TYPE D
CLEVIS
LOADED LENGTH ROD
NUT
TYPES
OPENING THK.
LENGTH ALLOW. A, B, & C
X
TYPE
D
MIN.
MAX.
17
38
32
22
433
560
492
32
17
38
32
22
478
605
537
32
573
17
38
32
22
516
643
575
32
395
522
17
38
32
22
465
592
527
32
433
560
17
38
32
22
503
630
559
32
10
10
194
465
592
17
38
32
22
535
662
594
32
11
11
225
473
600
21
38
32
27
543
670
602
38
17
17
168
225
524
651
21
38
32
27
594
721
651
38
21
20
168
225
537
664
21
38
32
27
606
733
675
38
26
22
513
219
295
557
684
24
38
32
32
10
627
754
697
44
40
38
20
575
219
295
621
748
24
38
32
32
10
691
818
759
44
47
45
20
464
219
295
511
638
29
38
32
32
10
594
721
654
51
40
39
120
25
495
219
295
538
665
32
51
38
41
13
627
754
692
57
45
43
130
25
625
219
295
668
795
35
51
38
41
13
783
910
829
64
61
59
140
32
632
219
295
681
808
35
76
51
51
13
795
922
835
64
65
62
150
32
641
219
295
718
845
38
76
51
51
16
845
972
857
76
72
68
160
38
759
219
295
841
968
44
76
64
60
19
981
1108
987
89
93
85
170
45
864
219
302
956
1083
51
76
64
60
19
1095
1222
1105
102
118
106
180
50
841
324
N/A
945
1072
60
102
76
73
19
1122
1249
1097
116
219
203
190
58
956
324
N/A
1062
1189
67
114
76
79
19
1253
1380
1222
127
259
235
200
65
1121
324
N/A
1237
1364
73
114 102
83
25
1453
1580
1402
141
351
315
210
70
1241
324
N/A
1343
1470
79
114 102
92
25
1559
1686
1540
159
414
370
220
75
REV.1-4/12/99
1550
324
N/A
1681
1805
86
127 102
24
98
25
1907
2034
1857
168
550
505
PTPABCD.WK4-11/22/94
DOUBLE SPRINGS
FIG. PTP-4
TYPE E
TYPE F
TYPE G
TYPE F
HANGER
BOTTOM
BOTT. FLANGE
SIZE
FLANGE
BOLT CIRCLE
BOTT.
LOAD
FLANGE COLUMN
BOLTS
THK. x SQ.
MIN.
MAX.
00
6 x 190
178
222
16
10
6 x 190
178
222
20
6 x 190
178
30
6 x 190
40
TYPE G
LOAD
LOADED LENGTH APPROX.
FLANGE
DIA.
SPACE
APPROX.
WEIGHT BETWEEN
WEIGHT
OF EACH CHANNELS
OF EACH
THK. x SQ.
MIN.
MAX.
kg
kg
48
5 x 96
362
413
16
38
16
16
48
5 x 96
405
456
16
38
18
222
16
48
5 x 96
443
494
10
16
38
20
197
222
19
73
5 x 133
397
448
15
19
51
23
6 x 190
197
222
19
73
5 x 133
429
479
17
19
51
26
50
6 x 190
197
222
19
73
5 x 133
464
514
18
19
51
28
60
10 x 230
206
276
19
89
6 x 160
467
518
27
25
51
40
70
10 x 230
206
276
19
89
6 x 160
516
567
31
25
51
47
80
10 x 230
206
276
19
89
6 x 160
540
591
33
25
51
58
90
12 x 337
311
419
19
114
12 x 210
552
603
57
32
76
85
100
12 x 337
311
419
19
114
12 x 210
614
665
64
32
76
100
110
12 x 337
311
419
19
114
12 x 210
503
554
56
32
76
86
120
12 x 337
311
419
19
114
12 x 210
535
586
61
38
102
97
130
12 x 337
311
419
19
114
12 x 210
665
716
78
38
102
130
140
12 x 337
311
419
19
114
12 x 210
672
722
81
38
102
138
150
12 x 337
311
419
19
114
12 x 210
675
725
85
54
102
155
160
12 x 337
311
419
19
114
12 x 210
792
843
103
54
102
197
170
12 x 337
311
419
19
114
12 x 210
897
948
124
54
102
247
180
16 x 438
451
559
19
141
12 x 318
865
916
236
60
102
453
190
16 x 438
451
559
19
141
12 x 318
979
1030
270
67
102
532
200
16 x 438
451
559
19
141
12 x 318
1145
1195
353
73
102
715
210
16 x 438
451
559
19
141
12 x 318
1267
1318
383
79
102
866
220
16 x 438
451
559
19
141
12 x 318
25
1575
1626
525
86
102
1139
PTP4EFG.WK4-11/22/94
TRIPLE SPRINGS
FIG. PTP- 6
TYPE A
TYPE B
TYPE C
*FOR DIM'S. "S" & "T" SEE PTP 1 & 2 TABLES
GENERAL DIMNESIONS FOR FIG. PTP-6

HANGER
SIZE
ROD
SIZE
00
CASING
LENGTH
B
12
305
473
102
156
22
462
11
38
511
32
10
12
305
540
102
156
22
529
11
38
578
32
20
12
305
597
102
156
22
586
11
38
635
32
30
12
305
525
141
194
22
514
11
38
564
32
40
12
305
573
141
194
22
562
11
38
611
32
50
12
305
625
141
194
22
614
11
38
664
32
60
16
330
625
168
225
27
610
16
38
664
32
70
16
330
700
168
225
27
684
16
38
738
32
80
16
330
735
168
225
27
719
16
38
773
32
90
20
330
748
219
295
33
722
25
38
786
32
100
20
330
841
219
295
33
816
25
38
879
32
110
20
330
675
219
295
37
649
25
38
725
32
120
25
330
722
219
295
40
697
25
51
773
38
130
25
356
921
219
295
44
892
25
51
994
38
140
32
356
927
219
295
44
902
25
76
1003
51
150
32
356
921
219
295
44
902
35
76
1010
51
160
38
381
1110
219
295
56
1072
35
76
1186
64
170
45
381
1257
219
295
56
1232
35
76
1324
64
180
50
406
1232
324
N/A
71
1153
57
102
1324
76
190
58
406
1375
324
N/A
78
1330
57
114
1508
76
200
65
432
1635
324
N/A
84
1584
57
114
740
102
210
70
432
1808
324
N/A
94
1745
70
114
1926
102
220
75
432
2276
324
N/A
100
2200
76
127
2403
102
REV.1 4/12/99
BOTT.
PLATE
26
MIN.
THREAD
ROD
TAKE OUT
TYPES B & C
R.H.
THD. LTH.
CASING
DIA.
TYPE A
THREAD
DEPTH
ROD
TAKE OUT
PTP6ABC.WK4-11/22/94
FIG.
TRIPLE SPRINGS
PTP-6
TYPE D
TYPE E
TYPE F
TYPE G
HANGER
SIZE
00
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
TYPE D
ROD
TAKE OUT
Y
716
787
845
773
821
873
879
954
989
1008
1095
941
995
1197
1207
1226
1414
1578
1554
1610
1983
2189
2737
TYPE F
32
32
32
32
32
32
38
38
38
44
44
51
57
64
64
76
89
102
106
127
141
159
168
MIN.
514
579
637
567
614
667
668
743
778
787
881
714
762
957
967
967
1143
1300
1246
1418
1665
1830
2302
27
LOADED LENGTH
X
MAX.
565
630
687
618
665
718
719
806
829
838
932
765
813
1008
1018
1018
1194
1351
1297
1468
1716
1881
2353
TYPE G
ROD
TAKE OUT
N
38
38
38
51
51
51
51
51
51
76
76
76
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
FIG. PTP-
QUADRUPLE SPRINGS
TYPE A
TYPE B
TYPE C
* FOR "T" & "S" SEE THE CHARTS FOR FIG.PTP-1

HANGER
SIZE
ROD
SIZE
CASING
LTH.
CASING
DIA.
BOTT.
PLATE
MIN.
THD.
00
12
625
102
156
22
10
12
714
102
156
22
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
20
20
20
25
25
32
32
38
45
50
58
65
70
75
791
695
759
829
829
926
973
983
1108
886
949
1210
1222
1226
1461
1670
1603
1832
2162
2388
3004
102
141
141
141
168
168
168
219
219
219
219
219
219
219
219
219
324
324
324
324
324
156
194
194
194
225
225
225
295
295
295
295
295
295
295
295
295
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
22
22
22
22
27
27
27
33
33
37
40
44
44
48
56
62
71
78
84
94
100
REV.1-4/12/99
28
TYPE A
TYPE B & C
R.H.
ROD
THD.
THD. LTH. TAKE OUT DEPTH
SHIPPING
LENGTH
406
614
11
664
38
32
406
703
11
752
38
32
406
406
406
406
406
406
406
406
406
432
432
432
432
457
457
483
483
508
508
533
533
779
684
748
818
813
910
957
957
1083
860
924
1184
1197
1191
1426
1635
1546
1775
2105
2318
2927
11
11
11
11
16
16
16
25
25
25
25
25
25
35
35
35
57
57
57
70
76
829
733
797
867
867
964
1011
1018
1146
937
1000
1286
1299
1302
1537
1746
1705
1946
2276
2502
3131
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
51
51
76
76
76
76
102
114
114
114
127
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
38
38
51
51
64
64
76
76
102
102
102
PTP8ASC.WK4-11/22/94
FIG. PTP-
QUADRUPLE SPRINGS
TYPE D
TYPE E
TYPE F
TYPE G
HANGER
SIZE
00
10
ROD
TAKE OUT
Y
949
1038
20
TYPE D
TYPE F
LOADED LENGTH
X
TYPE G
DIM K
32
32
MIN.
667
756
MAX.
718
806
ROD
TAKE OUT
N
38
38
1114
32
832
883
38
38
30
1019
32
737
787
51
51
40
1083
32
800
851
51
51
50
1153
32
870
921
51
51
60
1159
38
872
922
51
51
70
1256
38
968
1019
51
51
80
1303
38
1016
1067
51
51
90
1322
44
1024
1075
76
76
100
1445
44
1148
1199
76
76
110
1229
51
951
976
76
76
120
1299
57
989
1040
102
102
130
1565
64
1249
1316
102
102
140
1578
64
1262
1313
102
102
150
1594
76
1259
1310
102
102
160
1842
89
1494
1545
102
102
170
2064
102
1703
1754
102
102
180
2011
116
1627
1678
102
102
190
2251
127
1856
1907
102
102
200
2596
141
2186
2237
102
102
210
2838
159
2413
2464
102
102
220
3464
168
3029
29
3080
102
102
DIM P
38
38
FIG. 400
LIGHT DUTY SPRING HANGER
SERVICE:
Recommended for light loads where vertical movement does not exceed 32 mm.
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel spring coil and cage.
APPROVALS:
Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171D (Type 49) and Manufacturers Standardization Society SP-69 (TYPE 48).
INSTALLATION: Designed for attachment to its supporting member by screwing a rod into the top cap of the hanger the full depth of the cap.
SELECTION:
Normally done by approximate methods taking into account weight of pipe, covering, contents, and major fittings.
APPLICATION:
The Light Duty Spring Hanger is used for the support of miscellaneous field run piping systems subject to slight (up to 6 mm)
vertical displacement. It is designed for the incorporation in rod hangers with a load coupling provided for spring loading.
Amount of spring loading can be approximated by relating "B" dimension with spring deflection.
ORDERING:
Order by part and spring size numbers.
LIGHT DUTY VARIABLE SPRINGS
SPRING
SIZE NO.
MAXIMUM
DEFLECTION
MIN.
MAX.
10
114
165
105
95
70
41
51
10
13
114
159
105
95
79
41
44
52
1.181
108
149
197
140
127
70
89
48
74
1.557
130
4
5
13
149
194
140
127
83
89
44
121
2.720
159
16
171
222
162
146
105
114
51
182
3.579
309
19
213
276
203
187
117
114
64
273
4.295
446
30
MAXIMUM
LOAD
SPRING
DEFLECTION
WEIGHT
kg
kg per mm
kg per 100
24
0.465
73
PTP400.WK4-11/22/94
BIG TON SPRINGS

BIG LOADS
BIG STABILITY
Big Ton supports are designed primarily for the petrochemical industry where
two important characteristics in spring supports are necessary:
STABILITY:
HEAVY LOADS:
Big Ton spring supports are extremely stable. Base supports springs of this
design are frequently used under horizontal pressure vessel saddle supports
in combination with slide plates or roller supports. Our Big Ton design lends
itself ideally to this support situation. Type F design is sufficient where there
is a minimal amount of lateral movement, but where the combination of
heavy loads and thermal expansion are required, Big Ton industrial springs
should be your choice.
Big Ton multi-spring design lends itself to supporting very high loads. The
load values in the table may easily be modified to accomodate the client's
needs. Loads up to 90,910 kg can be handled with no problems. The
designs which appear in the load table are "off-the-shelf" designs and can
be shipped with good delivery dates. Designs above those shown in the
load table will be furnished upon request.
BIG TON SPRINGS
BIG TON ASSEMBLY READY FOR INSPECTION
31
BIGTON.SAM-11/23/94
BIG TON SPRING SUPPORT
FIG. 500
50000 KG. LOAD SPRINGS FOR A CHEMICAL PLANT.
BIG TON SPRING SUPPORT

ASSEMBLY DRAWING
MATERIAL ITEMS
NOTES:
1. PAINT SHIMS RED, ITEM 10
REMOVE IN FIELD
2. FIELD TO REMOVE LIFTING EYE-BOLTS
ITEM 21
3. SHIPPING WT.
(Kg.)
SPECIFICATIONS:
1. DESIGN LOAD
(Kg.)
2. DEFLECTION: UP
=
DOWN =
3. SPRING RATE
4. SHIPPING WT.
(mm)
(mm)
(Kg./mm)
(Kg.)
32
ITEM
NO.
QTY.
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
1
1
2
2
2
1
3
6
3
4
6
6
6
12
4
8
8
8
2
2
4
1
4
9
TOP LOAD FLANGE

BOTTOM FLANGE
SIDE PLATE
SIDE PLATE TOP BAR
SIDE PLATE BTM. BAR
SPRING BTM. SUPPORT PLATE
STUD PRESSURE PLATE
PRESSURE PLATE GUIDE BARS
SPRING PRESSURE PLATE
SHIM PLATES
LOAD STUDS
LOAD STUD NUTS
LOAD STUD WASHERS
COVER PLATE BOLTS
LIFTING NUTS
LIMIT STOP STUDS
LIMIT STOP WASHERS
LIMIT STOP NUTS
COVER PLATES
COVER PLATE GASKET
LIFTING EYE BOLTS
NAME PLATE
SIDE PLATE VERTICAL BARS
OUTER SPRING
INNER SPRING (AS REQ'D)
BIGDET.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. 100 & 200
CONSTANT SPRING HANGERS
CONSTANT SUPPORT HANGERS
Piping Technology & Products' constant support hangers are principally used to support pipes and equipment subjected to
vertical movement due to thermal expansion at locations where transfer of stress to other supports or equipment can be critical .
The maximum recommended variation according to MSS standard from the operating load is 25% for variable spring hangers. If
the variation exceeds 25%, a constant support hanger should be used.
The constant resistance to a load is achieved by combining a spring coil with a cam which rotates about a main pivot point. The
cam is designed such that the distances from the main pivot changes to compensate for the variable resistance during
compression of the coil. The MSS standard provides for a tolerance of 6% in the constant load through the travel range. Our
constant support hangers are designed per MSS, ANSI, and ASME standards
SIZING CONSTANTS
The sizing of constants primarily depends on total travel and load.
TOTAL TRAVEL
This is the vertical travel rounded up to the nearest 12 mm which includes the over travel
and actual travel. The over travel is added to the actual travel to allow for discrepancy
between the calculated and actual travel. The amount of over travel is determined by
the method outlined below:
LOAD
a) For actual travel less than 125 mm, the over travel is 25 mm.
b) For actual travel of 125 mm and over, the over travel is 20% of the actual travel.
This is the operating load of the equipment which the constant is to support.
Having the total travel and load, the constants are sized per the constant load table. For a given total travel on the top row of the
constant load table, select the operating load on the high side under the column. Then move across to the first column to
determine the size of the constant support. The following examples will illustrate the procedure.
Example 1
Load = 1,091 kg
Actual Travel = 85 mm
Given an actual travel of 85 mm, which is under 125 mm, the amount of over travel is 25 mm. Thus, the total travel is 115 mm
rounded to the upper 12 mm. For a total travel of 115 mm on the top row of the constant load table with a load of 1116 kg on the
high side (the other load of 1073 kg is the low side) gives a constant size of 34 in the first column.
Example 2
Load = 1,091 kg
Actual Travel = 180 mm
Given an actual travel of 180 mm, which is over 125 mm, the amount of over travel is 36 mm. Thus, the total travel is 225 mm
rounded to the upper 12 mm. For a total travel of 225 mm on the top row of the constant load table with a load of 1097 kg on the
high side (the other load of 1035 kg is the low side) gives a constant size of 44 in the first column.
PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS OF CONSTANTS
The dimensions for the standard PTP constants are listed in the following pages for loads and travel. The sizing of the constant is
independent and not related to the dimensions. To get the proper dimensions, figure (100 or 200), type (A ,B,C,D,E,F,G,U), load,
total travel, and direction of travel are required. The following example will illustrate the procedure.
Example
Figure = 200
Type = C
Load = 1,091 kg
Total Travel = 140 mm UP
From the Figure 200 type C list of tables, the J-Rod from the J-Rod and Lug Selection table for a load of 1071 kg is 20 mm.
From this table under the same column the lug information is provided. For a total travel of 140 the table titled Total Travel 115 to
150 will be used to get the physical dimensions. With a J-Rod of 20 mm and a load of 1071 kg which falls in the load range of 348
- 1092, the Rod Take Out (RTO) for up travel is 548 ( 398 + 150 , for up travel according to the note at the bottom of the table)
and the other physical dimensions are given in the same row.
33
SIZE.SAM-11/28/94
FIG.100 & 200
CONSTANT SPRING HANGERS
LOAD ADJUSTMENT
Every constant spring hanger is calibrated in
the factory and set to the load specified on
the nameplate (Fig. B). Load adjustment in
the field is discouraged as it may significantly
change the system.
However, to provide for situations where the
supported load is different from the calculated
load, the constant spring hangers are
equipped with load adjustment capability. The
load adjustment capability consists of a load
adjustment scale and indicator which are
used to increase (Fig. A) or decrease (Fig. C)
the load by 10%. The travel stop pin must be
engaged before load adjustment is
performed. Adjusting the load to a higher or
lower load from the load specified on the
nameplate using field load adjustment is
approximate and not recommended.
Under no circumstances should an attempt be made to remove the lock nut and the load adjustment nut
from the constant spring hanger.
CONSTANT & VARIABLE SPRINGS FOR A LOUISIANA
POWER PLANT
CONSTANT SPRING TESTING
34
SIZE.SAM-11/28/94
LOAD & TRAVEL TABLE
Sizes 1 to 37
Travel 38 - 190 mm
Total Travel (mm) / Load (kg)

Size
38
51
64
76
89
102
114
127
140
152
165
178
190
Size
79
59
47
39
34
30
26
24
21
20
18
17
16
93
70
56
46
40
35
31
28
25
23
21
20
19
107
80
64
53
45
40
35
31
29
26
24
23
21
127
95
76
63
54
47
42
38
34
31
29
27
25
149
112
90
75
64
56
50
45
40
37
35
32
30
170
127
102
85
73
64
56
51
46
42
40
36
34
205
154
123
103
88
77
68
61
56
51
48
44
41
240
180
144
120
104
90
80
72
65
60
56
51
49
273
205
164
137
118
103
91
82
75
69
64
59
55
10
331
248
199
166
143
125
110
99
90
83
77
71
67
10
11
387
290
232
194
167
145
129
116
105
97
90
83
78
11
12
445
334
267
223
192
167
148
134
121
112
104
95
90
12
13
536
402
321
268
230
201
178
160
145
134
124
115
108
13
14
624
468
375
312
268
234
208
187
170
156
144
134
125
14
15
715
536
429
359
308
269
240
215
196
179
166
154
144
15
16
860
645
516
431
370
323
287
259
235
215
199
185
173
16
17
1,009
756
605
504
432
378
336
302
275
252
233
216
202
17
18
1,155
866
693
580
497
435
386
348
316
290
268
249
232
18
19
921
737
615
527
461
410
369
335
307
284
263
246
19
20
975
780
651
559
488
435
391
355
325
300
279
261
20
21
1,062
850
710
609
532
474
426
388
355
328
304
284
21
22
1,148
919
767
658
575
511
460
419
383
354
329
307
22
23
1,232
985
820
704
615
547
492
448
410
379
352
329
23
24
1,323
1,058
882
756
661
588
529
481
441
407
378
353
24
25
1,414
1,131
944
809
708
629
566
515
472
435
404
377
25
26
1,505
1,204
1,000
857
750
667
600
545
500
461
429
400
26
27
1,650
1,320
1,100
943
825
733
660
600
550
508
471
440
27
28
1,795
1,436
1,199
1,028
900
799
720
654
600
553
514
480
28
29
1,941
1,553
1,295
1,110
971
863
777
706
648
597
555
518
29
30
2,062
1,650
1,373
1,177
1,030
915
824
749
686
633
588
549
30
31
2,180
1,744
1,455
1,247
1,091
970
873
794
728
671
623
582
31
32
2,300
1,840
1,533
1,314
1,150
1,022
920
836
767
708
657
613
32
33
2,407
1,926
1,610
1,380
1,208
1,073
966
878
805
743
690
644
33
34
2,512
2,010
1,674
1,435
1,256
1,116
1,005
913
837
773
718
670
34
35
2,135
1,775
1,521
1,331
1,183
1,065
968
888
819
761
710
35
36
2,258
1,881
1,612
1,411
1,254
1,129
1,026
941
868
806
752
36
37
2,382
1,975
1,693
1,481
1,317
1,185
1,078
988
912
847
790
37
64
76
89
102
114
127
140
152
165
178
190
Size
Size
38
51

35
LOADX.SAM-11/28/94
LOAD & TRAVEL TABLE
Sizes 38 to 74
Travel 38 - 190 mm

Size
64
76
89
102
114
127
140
152
165
178
190
Size
38
2,553
2,127
1,823
1,595
1,418
1,276
1,160
1,064
982
912
851
38
39
2,722
2,276
1,951
1,707
1,517
1,366
1,242
1,138
1,050
975
910
39
40
2,891
2,413
2,068
1,810
1,609
1,448
1,316
1,206
1,114
1,034
965
40
41
3,167
2,654
2,275
1,990
1,770
1,592
1,448
1,327
1,225
1,138
1,062
41
42
3,450
2,875
2,464
2,156
1,916
1,725
1,568
1,437
1,327
1,232
1,150
42
43
3,727
3,105
2,661
2,328
2,070
1,863
1,693
1,552
1,433
1,330
1,242
43
44
3,966
3,291
2,821
2,468
2,194
1,974
1,795
1,645
1,519
1,410
1,316
44
45
4,220
3,518
3,015
2,638
2,345
2,110
1,919
1,759
1,624
1,507
1,407
45
46
4,436
3,697
3,170
2,773
2,465
2,218
2,016
1,849
1,706
1,585
1,479
46
47
4,716
3,930
3,369
2,948
2,620
2,358
2,144
1,965
1,814
1,684
1,572
47
48
4,995
4,162
3,568
3,121
2,775
2,497
2,270
2,081
1,921
1,784
1,665
48
49
5,273
4,394
3,767
3,296
2,930
2,636
2,396
2,197
2,028
1,883
1,758
49
50
4,712
4,039
3,534
3,141
2,827
2,570
2,356
2,175
2,019
1,885
50
51
5,030
4,312
3,773
3,354
3,018
2,744
2,515
2,322
2,155
2,012
51
52
5,385
4,616
4,039
3,590
3,230
2,937
2,692
2,485
2,308
2,155
52
53
5,738
4,919
4,304
3,825
3,443
3,130
2,869
2,649
2,459
2,295
53
54
6,091
5,221
4,568
4,061
3,654
3,322
3,045
2,811
2,610
2,437
54
55
6,688
5,733
5,016
4,459
4,012
3,647
3,344
3,087
2,866
2,675
55
56
7,284
6,244
5,463
4,856
4,370
3,972
3,642
3,362
3,121
2,914
56
57
7,879
6,754
5,909
5,252
4,727
4,297
3,940
3,637
3,376
3,152
57
58
8,375
7,179
6,281
5,583
5,024
4,567
4,187
3,865
3,589
3,350
58
59
8,869
7,602
6,651
5,912
5,320
4,837
4,435
4,094
3,800
3,548
59
60
9,364
8,026
7,023
6,242
5,618
5,107
4,682
4,322
4,013
3,746
60
61
9,950
8,530
7,463
6,634
5,970
5,427
4,975
4,593
4,264
3,981
61
62
10,535
9,030
7,901
7,023
6,320
5,745
5,267
4,863
4,515
4,215
62
63
11,120
9,532
8,340
7,413
6,671
6,065
5,560
5,133
4,765
4,449
63
64
8,738
7,767
6,990
6,354
5,825
5,378
4,993
4,661
64
65
9,136
8,121
7,308
6,644
6,091
5,623
5,220
4,874
65
66
10,031
8,916
8,024
7,294
6,687
6,173
5,731
5,350
66
67
10,924
9,710
8,738
7,943
7,282
6,723
6,241
5,827
67
68
11,817
10,504
9,453
8,593
7,878
7,273
6,752
6,303
68
69
12,560
11,165
10,047
9,134
8,374
7,730
7,176
6,700
69
70
13,302
11,825
10,641
9,673
8,868
8,187
7,600
7,096
70
71
14,045
12,485
11,235
10,214
9,364
8,644
8,025
7,492
71
72
14,925
13,267
11,939
10,853
9,950
9,185
8,528
7,961
72
73
15,803
14,047
12,641
11,492
10,535
9,726
9,030
8,430
73
74
16,681
14,828
13,344
12,130
11,121
10,266
9,531
8,898
74
102
114
127
140
152
165
178
190
Size
Size
38
38
51
51
64
76
89

36
LOADX.SAM-11/28/94
Sizes 75 to 110
LOAD & TRAVEL TABLE
Travel 38 - 190 mm

Size
38
51
64
76
89
102
114
127
140
152
165
178
190
Size
75
17,636
15,676
14,107
12,825
11,757
10,854
10,077
9,407
75
76
18,590
16,525
14,870
13,518
12,394
11,441
10,622
9,916
76
77
19,545
17,373
15,634
14,213
13,030
12,029
11,167
10,425
77
78
20,606
18,316
16,483
14,984
13,737
12,681
11,774
10,991
78
79
21,667
19,260
17,331
15,755
14,445
13,335
12,380
11,557
79
80
22,726
20,201
18,179
16,526
15,151
13,986
12,985
12,123
80
81
23,864
21,212
19,089
17,353
15,909
14,686
13,635
12,729
81
82
25,000
22,222
19,997
18,179
16,666
15,385
14,284
13,335
82
83
26,129
23,225
20,903
19,000
17,419
16,080
14,929
13,937
83
84
22,364
20,328
18,637
17,205
15,973
14,912
84
85
23,817
21,649
19,847
18,322
17,010
15,880
85
86
25,180
22,888
20,984
19,371
17,984
16,790
86
87
26,544
24,128
22,120
20,420
18,958
17,699
87
88
27,908
25,367
23,256
21,469
19,932
18,608
88
89
30,000
27,273
25,000
23,079
21,426
20,003
89
90
27,877
25,735
23,892
22,305
90
91
30,529
28,183
26,165
24,427
91
92
33,408
30,841
28,633
26,731
92
93
36,741
33,917
31,489
29,397
93
94
40,150
37,065
34,414
32,125
94
95
35,875
33,489
95
96
37,336
34,853
96
97
38,797
36,216
97
98
40,259
37,575
98
99
39,090
99
100
40,605
100
101
101
102
102
103
103
104
104
105
105
106
106
107
107
108
108
109
109
110
110
38
51
64
76
89
102
114
127
140
152
165
178
190

37
LOADX.SAM-11/28/94
LOAD & TRAVEL TABLE
Sizes 1 to 37
Travel 200 - 356 mm

Size
200
15
215
229
241
254
267
279
292
305
318
330
343
356
Size
1
17
20
24
28
32
39
45
52
10
63
10
11
73
11
12
85
12
13
101
13
14
117
14
15
135
15
16
162
16
17
190
18
218
204
193
182
173
18
19
231
216
204
193
184
19
20
245
229
216
205
195
20
21
267
250
236
223
212
21
22
288
270
255
241
229
22
23
308
288
273
258
245
23
24
331
311
294
279
265
24
25
354
333
315
298
283
25
26
375
353
334
316
300
26
27
413
389
367
348
330
27
28
450
424
400
379
360
28
29
486
457
432
409
389
29
30
515
485
458
434
412
30
31
546
514
485
460
436
31
32
575
541
511
484
460
32
33
604
569
536
508
483
33
34
628
591
558
529
502
35
665
627
591
560
532
507
484
463
444
426
410
395
380
35
36
705
664
627
594
565
538
513
491
470
451
434
418
403
36
37
741
697
658
624
593
565
539
515
494
474
456
439
423
37
Size
200
215
229
241
254
267
279
292
305
318
330
343
356
Size
17
34

38
LOADX.SAM-11/28/94
LOAD & TRAVEL TABLE
Sizes 38 to 74
Travel 200 - 356 mm

Size
200
215
229
241
254
267
279
292
305
318
330
343
356
Size
38
798
746
709
672
638
608
580
555
532
510
491
473
456
38
39
854
799
759
719
683
650
620
594
569
546
525
506
488
39
40
905
846
804
762
724
689
658
630
603
579
557
536
517
40
41
995
931
885
838
796
758
724
692
664
637
612
590
569
41
42
1,078
1,015
958
908
862
821
784
750
719
690
663
639
616
42
43
1,165
1,096
1,035
980
931
887
847
810
776
745
716
690
665
43
44
1,234
1,161
1,097
1,039
987
940
898
859
823
790
759
731
705
44
45
1,320
1,242
1,173
1,111
1,055
1,005
960
918
880
845
812
781
754
45
46
1,387
1,305
1,232
1,168
1,109
1,056
1,009
965
924
887
853
821
792
46
47
1,474
1,387
1,310
1,241
1,179
1,123
1,072
1,025
983
943
907
873
842
47
48
1,561
1,469
1,387
1,314
1,249
1,189
1,135
1,086
1,040
999
960
925
892
48
49
1,648
1,551
1,465
1,388
1,318
1,255
1,199
1,146
1,099
1,055
1,014
976
941
49
50
1,767
1,663
1,570
1,488
1,414
1,346
1,285
1,230
1,178
1,131
1,087
1,047
1,010
50
51
1,887
1,775
1,677
1,589
1,509
1,437
1,372
1,312
1,258
1,207
1,160
1,118
1,078
51
52
2,020
1,900
1,795
1,700
1,615
1,539
1,469
1,405
1,346
1,293
1,242
1,196
1,154
52
53
2,152
2,025
1,913
1,812
1,721
1,640
1,565
1,497
1,435
1,377
1,324
1,275
1,230
53
54
2,285
2,150
2,030
1,924
1,827
1,740
1,661
1,589
1,523
1,462
1,405
1,353
1,305
54
55
2,509
2,360
2,229
2,112
2,006
1,911
1,824
1,745
1,672
1,605
1,543
1,486
1,433
55
56
2,732
2,570
2,428
2,300
2,185
2,081
1,987
1,900
1,821
1,748
1,680
1,618
1,560
56
57
2,955
2,781
2,626
2,488
2,363
2,251
2,149
2,055
1,970
1,891
1,818
1,750
1,688
57
58
3,141
2,956
2,791
2,645
2,512
2,393
2,285
2,185
2,094
2,010
1,932
1,860
1,795
58
59
3,326
3,130
2,956
2,800
2,660
2,534
2,419
2,314
2,217
2,129
2,046
1,970
1,900
59
60
3,512
3,305
3,121
2,957
2,809
2,675
2,554
2,443
2,341
2,248
2,160
2,080
2,006
60
61
3,732
3,512
3,317
3,142
2,985
2,843
2,714
2,596
2,488
2,389
2,295
2,210
2,132
61
62
3,951
3,718
3,512
3,327
3,160
3,010
2,874
2,749
2,634
2,529
2,430
2,340
2,257
62
63
4,171
3,925
3,707
3,511
3,335
3,177
3,033
2,901
2,780
2,669
2,565
2,470
2,383
63
64
4,370
4,112
3,884
3,679
3,495
3,329
3,178
3,040
2,913
2,797
2,688
2,589
2,496
64
65
4,569
4,300
4,060
3,847
3,654
3,481
3,323
3,178
3,045
2,924
2,810
2,706
2,610
65
66
5,016
4,720
4,458
4,223
4,012
3,821
3,648
3,490
3,344
3,210
3,085
2,971
2,865
66
67
5,463
5,140
4,855
4,599
4,369
4,162
3,973
3,800
3,641
3,496
3,360
3,236
3,120
67
68
5,910
5,561
5,252
4,975
4,726
4,502
4,298
4,111
3,939
3,782
3,635
3,500
3,376
68
69
6,281
5,911
5,582
5,288
5,024
4,785
4,568
4,370
4,187
4,020
3,864
3,721
3,588
69
70
6,653
6,260
5,912
5,601
5,320
5,068
4,838
4,628
4,434
4,257
4,092
3,940
3,800
70
71
7,024
6,610
6,242
5,914
5,618
5,351
5,108
4,886
4,682
4,495
4,320
4,160
4,013
71
72
7,464
7,024
6,633
6,284
5,970
5,686
5,428
5,192
4,975
4,777
4,591
4,421
4,264
72
73
7,903
7,437
7,024
6,654
6,320
6,021
5,747
5,498
5,268
5,058
4,861
4,681
4,515
73
74
8,342
7,850
7,414
7,024
6,672
6,355
6,067
5,803
5,560
5,339
5,131
4,941
4,765
74
Size
200
215
229
241
254
267
279
292
305
318
330
343
356
Size

39
LOADX.SAM-11/28/94
Sizes 75 to 110
LOAD & TRAVEL TABLE
Travel 200 - 356 mm

Size
200
215
229
241
254
267
279
292
305
318
330
343
356
Size
75
8,820
8,300
7,838
7,425
7,054
6,719
6,414
6,135
5,879
5,645
5,425
5,224
5,038
75
76
9,297
8,748
8,262
7,827
7,435
7,083
6,761
6,467
6,197
5,950
5,719
5,507
5,311
76
77
9,775
9,198
8,687
8,229
7,817
7,446
7,108
6,799
6,515
6,255
6,012
5,790
5,584
77
78
10,305
9,697
9,158
8,676
8,241
7,850
7,494
7,168
6,869
6,595
6,339
6,104
5,887
78
79
10,835
10,196
9,630
9,123
8,666
8,255
7,880
7,537
7,222
6,935
6,665
6,418
6,190
79
80
11,365
10,695
10,100
9,569
9,090
8,658
8,265
7,906
7,575
7,274
6,991
6,732
6,493
80
81
11,934
11,230
10,606
10,048
9,545
9,091
8,679
8,302
7,955
7,638
7,340
7,069
6,817
81
82
12,502
11,765
11,111
10,526
9,999
9,525
9,092
8,697
8,333
8,001
7,690
7,405
7,142
82
83
13,067
12,296
11,613
11,001
10,450
9,955
9,503
9,090
8,710
8,362
8,037
7,740
7,465
83
84
13,980
13,155
12,425
11,770
11,181
10,650
10,167
9,725
9,318
8,947
8,599
8,281
7,986
84
85
14,889
14,010
13,232
12,535
11,907
11,342
10,828
10,357
9,924
9,528
9,158
8,819
8,505
85
86
15,741
14,812
13,989
13,253
12,589
11,992
11,447
10,950
10,492
10,074
9,682
9,324
8,992
86
87
16,594
15,614
14,747
13,970
13,271
12,641
12,067
11,543
11,060
10,620
10,207
9,829
9,479
87
88
17,446
16,416
15,505
14,688
13,952
13,290
12,687
12,136
11,628
11,165
10,731
10,334
9,966
88
89
18,754
17,647
16,667
15,789
14,999
14,287
13,639
13,045
12,500
12,002
11,535
11,109
10,713
89
90
20,912
19,678
18,585
17,606
16,725
15,931
15,208
14,547
13,939
13,383
12,863
12,387
11,946
90
91
22,902
21,550
20,353
19,281
18,315
17,446
16,655
15,931
15,265
14,656
14,087
13,565
13,082
91
92
25,061
23,582
22,272
21,100
20,043
19,092
18,225
17,433
16,704
16,039
15,415
14,845
14,316
92
93
27,561
25,935
24,494
23,204
22,042
20,996
20,044
19,172
18,370
17,638
16,953
16,325
15,745
93
94
30,119
28,341
26,766
25,357
24,087
22,945
21,903
20,951
20,075
19,275
18,526
17,840
17,205
94
95
31,398
29,545
27,903
26,434
25,110
23,919
22,834
21,840
20,927
20,093
19,312
18,598
17,936
95
96
32,676
30,747
29,039
27,510
26,133
24,893
23,763
22,730
21,780
20,912
20,099
19,355
18,666
96
97
33,955
31,950
30,175
28,587
27,155
25,867
24,693
23,620
22,632
21,730
20,885
20,112
19,396
97
98
35,234
33,154
31,312
29,664
28,178
26,841
25,623
24,509
23,484
22,549
21,672
20,870
20,127
98
99
36,655
34,491
32,575
30,860
29,314
27,924
26,656
25,497
24,431
23,458
22,546
21,711
20,939
99
100
38,067
35,828
33,838
32,055
30,450
29,006
27,690
26,485
25,378
24,367
23,420
22,553
21,750
100
101
39,487
37,164
35,100
33,251
31,586
30,088
28,722
27,474
26,325
25,275
24,293
23,394
22,561
101
102
40,909
38,503
36,364
34,449
32,724
31,171
29,757
28,463
27,273
26,186
25,168
24,237
23,374
102
40,240
38,004
36,003
34,200
32,577
31,099
29,747
28,503
27,367
26,303
25,330
24,428
103
103
104
39,645
37,557
35,676
33,984
32,442
31,031
29,734
28,549
27,440
26,424
25,484
104
105
41,286
39,112
37,154
35,391
33,785
32,316
30,965
29,730
28,575
27,517
26,538
105
40,667
38,630
36,798
35,128
33,601
32,196
30,913
29,711
28,612
27,594
106
40,313
38,397
36,658
35,064
33,597
32,259
31,005
29,857
28,795
107
40,000
38,182
36,528
35,000
33,605
32,299
31,104
29,997
108
109
39,750
38,028
36,438
34,986
33,626
32,381
31,229
109
110
41,320
39,530
37,877
36,368
34,954
33,660
32,463
110
279
292
305
318
330
343
356
Size
106
107
108
Size
200
215
229
241
254
267

40
LOADX.SAM-11/28/94
Sizes 38 to 74
LOAD & TRAVEL TABLE
Travel 368 - 508 mm

Size
368
381
394
406
419
432
445
457
470
483
495
508
Size
38
38
39
39
40
40
41
41
42
42
43
43
44
44
45
45
46
46
47
47
48
48
49
49
50
975
942
912
884
50
51
1,040
1,006
974
943
51
52
1,114
1,077
1,042
1,010
52
53
1,187
1,147
1,110
1,076
53
54
1,260
1,218
1,179
1,142
54
55
1,384
1,337
1,294
1,254
55
56
1,507
1,456
1,410
1,366
56
57
1,630
1,575
1,525
1,478
57
58
1,733
1,675
1,621
1,570
58
59
1,835
1,773
1,716
1,663
59
60
1,937
1,872
1,812
1,756
60
61
2,059
1,990
1,926
1,866
61
62
2,180
2,106
2,039
1,975
62
63
2,300
2,224
2,152
2,085
63
64
2,410
2,330
2,255
2,185
64
65
2,520
2,436
2,358
2,285
65
66
2,767
2,674
2,588
2,508
66
67
3,013
2,912
2,819
2,731
67
68
3,260
3,150
3,050
2,955
68
69
3,465
3,349
3,241
3,140
69
70
3,670
3,546
3,433
3,326
70
71
3,874
3,745
3,625
3,512
71
72
4,117
3,979
3,851
3,732
72
73
4,359
4,213
4,078
3,951
73
74
4,601
4,447
4,305
4,171
74
Size
368
381
394
406
419
432
445
457
470
483
495
508
Size

41
LOADX.SAM-11/28/94
Sizes 75 to 110
LOAD & TRAVEL TABLE
Travel 368 - 508 mm

Size
368
381
394
406
75
4,865
4,702
4,551
4,410
419
432
445
457
470
483
495
508
Size
75
76
5,128
4,956
4,797
4,649
76
77
5,391
5,210
5,044
4,887
77
78
5,684
5,494
5,317
5,152
78
79
5,976
5,776
5,591
5,418
79
80
6,269
6,059
5,865
5,683
80
81
6,582
6,362
6,158
5,967
81
82
6,896
6,665
6,451
6,251
82
83
7,207
6,966
6,742
6,533
83
84
7,711
7,453
7,214
6,990
84
85
8,212
7,937
7,682
7,444
85
86
8,682
8,391
8,122
7,870
86
87
9,152
8,846
8,562
8,297
87
88
9,623
9,300
9,002
8,723
88
89
10,344
9,997
9,677
9,377
89
90
11,535
11,148
10,790
10,456
90
91
12,632
12,209
11,817
11,450
91
92
13,823
13,360
12,931
12,530
92
93
15,202
14,693
14,221
13,780
93
94
16,612
16,056
15,541
15,059
94
95
17,318
16,738
16,201
15,699
15,220
14,772
14,350
13,951
13,575
13,217
12,878
12,556
95
96
18,023
17,419
16,860
16,338
15,840
15,374
14,935
14,520
14,127
13,755
13,403
13,068
96
97
18,728
18,101
17,520
16,977
16,460
15,975
15,519
15,088
14,680
14,294
13,927
13,579
97
98
19,434
18,783
18,180
17,616
17,080
16,577
16,104
15,656
15,233
14,832
14,452
14,090
98
99
20,217
19,540
18,913
18,327
17,768
17,245
16,753
16,287
15,847
15,430
15,035
14,659
99
100
21,001
20,297
19,646
19,037
18,457
17,914
17,402
16,919
16,462
16,029
15,617
15,227
100
101
21,784
21,054
20,379
19,747
19,145
18,582
18,051
17,550
17,076
16,626
16,200
15,795
101
102
22,569
21,813
21,113
20,459
19,835
19,251
18,702
18,182
17,691
17,225
16,783
16,364
102
103
23,586
22,796
22,065
21,381
20,730
20,120
19,545
19,002
18,489
18,002
17,540
17,102
103
104
24,605
23,781
23,018
22,305
21,625
20,989
20,389
19,822
19,287
18,780
18,297
17,840
104
105
25,624
24,765
23,971
23,228
22,520
21,857
21,233
20,643
20,085
19,557
19,055
18,579
105
106
26,643
25,750
24,924
24,152
23,415
22,726
22,078
21,464
20,884
20,335
19,813
19,318
106
107
27,802
26,871
26,009
25,203
24,435
23,715
23,039
22,398
21,793
21,220
20,675
20,159
107
108
28,963
27,993
27,095
26,255
25,455
24,706
24,000
23,333
22,703
22,105
21,538
21,000
108
109
30,153
29,143
28,208
27,334
26,500
25,721
24,986
24,292
23,636
23,014
22,423
21,863
109
110
31,344
30,294
29,322
28,413
27,547
26,736
25,973
25,251
24,570
23,923
23,309
22,726
110
Size
368
381
394
406
419
432
445
457
470
483
495
508
Size

42
LOADX.SAM-11/28/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 100-A
J+6.5
78 mm
Drawing shown for down travel

PTP figure 100 type A is a vertical constant suspended from a beam. It can be furnished either with single rod suspension or double rod suspension as shown
above. The single rod suspension must be mounted flush to the bottom of the beam where the suspension rod is 6 mm thicker than J-Rod. Note that the rod
take out (RTO) for the single rod suspension must be adjusted by subtracting 6 mm from the values given in the tables below. When ordering specify the type of
suspension required. For load and travel not in the tables, please call for dimensions.
1
IMPORTANT NOTES:
RTO
D
E
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

- Rod take out for down travel
F
Maximum length for the load range
- J Rod position for down travel
M
Maximum height for the load range
- J Rod position for up travel
WT - Maximum weight for the load range
J-Rod Selection
LOAD (kg)
0
348
349
677
678
1091
1092
1758
1759
2574
2575
4145
4146
6070
6070
8079
8081
10754
10755
13012
13013
17319
17320
20956
20956
27272
J-ROD
12
16
20
25
32
38
45
50
58
65
70
75
80
SUBTRACT 6 MM OF THE ROD TAKE OUT (RTO) FOR SINGLE ROD SUSPENSION
ONLY FROM THE TABLES BELOW
Total Travel 38 to 100 mm
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
20 -110
12
338
416
246
168
95
51
305
48
321
178
203
27
111 - 462
12
338
441
257
219
95
51
381
60
321
292
213
43
463 - 1598
16
16
335
337
441
283
219
95
51
559
60
321
292
235
98
20
25
333
378
Continued
*Rod Take Out (RTO) is for down travel [ Add 100 mm for up travel ]
43
100-A.SAM-11/21-94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 100-A

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
1598 - 3426
25
389
518
318
219
110
65
838
89
340
292
257
WT
(kg)
157
3427 - 7345
32
38
38
408
408
430
598
391
324
141
98
1,067
111
376
330
321
443
7346 - 14314
45
50
50
462
557
613
616
481
324
171
127
1,473
165
286
330
408
700
58
65
70
657
651
695
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
15 -83
12
338
475
305
168
114
48
305
51
373
178
256
WT
(kg)
30
84 -347
12
338
500
318
219
114
48
381
70
360
292
267
48
348 - 1091
16
337
500
346
219
114
48
559
51
398
292
292
100
1092 - 2574
20
25
333
389
579
381
219
133
67
838
83
414
292
316
159
2575 - 5518
32
38
408
419
641
440
324
146
79
1,067
95
451
330
367
443
5519- 10754
45
45
451
506
676
530
324
184
117
1,473
168
340
330
454
705
50
58
602
646
WT
(kg)
34
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
11 - 68
12
440
540
368
168
141
51
305
57
425
178
313
69 - 287
12
440
565
381
219
141
51
381
57
451
292
324
50
288 - 902
12
441
565
406
219
141
51
559
57
451
292
346
111
903 - 2127
16
20
20
438
435
446
638
429
219
154
64
838
76
486
292
359
177
2128 - 4560
25
32
32
491
510
521
706
506
324
173
83
1,067
89
529
330
427
452
4561 - 8887
38
45
45
521
552
597
767
595
324
237
146
1,473
121
525
330
511
709
50
58
692
737
44
100-A.SAM-11/21-94
FIG. PTP 100-A
CONSTANT

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
9 - 56
12
491
603
422
168
168
54
305
70
464
178
362
WT
(kg)
41
57 - 237
12
491
630
429
219
168
54
381
70
491
292
365
57
238 - 745
12
492
629
457
219
168
54
559
70
489
292
391
123
746 - 1758
16
20
20
489
486
486
692
476
219
175
60
838
89
514
292
400
177
1759 -3769
25
32
530
560
759
552
324
187
73
1,067
89
581
330
467
457
3770 - 7345
38
38
560
583
789
608
324
219
105
1,473
133
522
330
521
714
45
50
614
710
WT
(kg)
48
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
7 - 46
12
541
670
483
168
194
57
305
83
505
178
416
47 -196
12
540
695
495
219
194
57
381
83
530
1,410
425
64
197 - 677
12
541
695
511
219
194
57
559
79
537
1,410
440
132
678 - 1453
16
20
538
537
756
533
219
194
57
838
86
584
1,410
452
191
1454 - 3115
25
25
581
592
826
606
324
213
76
1,067
92
641
330
516
480
3116 - 6070
32
38
38
611
611
633
854
664
324
244
108
1,473
83
740
330
572
714
45
665
WT
(kg)
55
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
7 - 42
12
592
727
532
168
216
54
305
95
537
178
460
43 - 178
12
592
754
546
219
216
54
381
95
564
292
473
73
179 - 560
12
592
754
576
219
216
54
559
95
564
292
498
145
561 - 1320
16
16
589
591
821
584
219
222
60
838
95
630
292
497
220
1321 - 2830
20
25
25
587
632
643
883
662
324
235
73
1,067
108
667
330
567
509
2831 - 5518
32
38
38
662
662
673
902
706
324
254
92
1,473
95
711
330
610
714
45
705
45
100-A.SAM-11/21-94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 100-B
78 mm
1 Drawing shown for down travel

PTP figure 100 type B is a vertical constant suspended from a beam. It can be furnished with single lug suspension or double lug suspension as shown above.
When ordering specify the type of suspension required. For load and travel not in the tables, please call for dimensions.
IMPORTANT NOTES:

RTO - Rod take out for down travel
F
D
E
LOAD (kg)
M
WT

0
349
678
J-Rod and Lug Selection
1092
1759
2575
4146
Maximum weight for the load range

6070
8081
10755
13013
17320
20956
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
*For single lug suspension 10 mm thick

LOAD RANGE
J-ROD
***
RTO*
***
***
***
16
***
WT
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
***
395
***
20
400
25
464
Continued
Rod Take Out (RTO) is for down travel [ Add 100 mm for up travel ]
46
100-B.SAM-11/21/94
FIG. PTP 100-B
CONSTANT

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
1598 - 3426
25
478
518
318
219
110
65
838
89
340
292
257
157
32
529
38
535
38
560
598
391
324
141
98
1,067
111
376
330
321
443
45
598
50
725
50
781
616
481
324
171
127
1,473
165
286
330
408
700
58
845
65
845
70
895
WT
(kg)
3427 - 7345
7346 - 14314
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
15 -83
12
395
475
305
168
114
48
305
51
373
178
256
30
84 -347
12
395
500
318
219
114
48
381
70
360
292
267
48
16
400
500
346
219
114
48
559
51
398
292
292
100
20
400
579
381
219
133
67
838
83
414
292
316
159
641
440
324
146
79
1,067
95
451
330
367
443
676
530
324
184
117
1,473
168
340
330
454
705
348 - 1091
1092 - 2574
2575 - 5518
5519- 10754
25
478
32
529
38
549
45
587
45
643
50
770
58
833
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
34
11 - 68
12
497
540
368
168
141
51
305
57
425
178
313
69 - 287
12
497
565
381
219
141
51
381
57
451
292
324
50
288 - 902
12
502
565
406
219
141
51
559
57
451
292
346
111
16
502
20
502
20
516
638
429
219
154
64
838
76
486
292
359
177
25
579
32
630
32
645
706
506
324
173
83
1,067
89
529
330
427
452
38
651
45
689
45
733
767
595
324
237
146
1,473
121
525
330
511
709
50
860
58
924
903 - 2127
2128 - 4560
4561 - 8887
47
100-B.SAM-11/21/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 100-B
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
9 - 56
12
548
603
422
168
168
54
305
70
464
178
362
41
57 - 237
12
548
630
429
219
168
54
381
70
491
292
365
57
238 - 745
12
552
629
457
219
168
54
559
70
489
292
391
123
16
552
20
552
20
556
692
476
219
175
60
838
89
514
292
400
177
25
619
32
684
759
552
324
187
73
1,067
89
581
330
467
457
38
691
38
713
789
608
324
219
105
1,473
133
522
330
521
714
45
751
50
878
746 - 1758
1759 -3769
3770 - 7345

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
7 - 46
12
598
670
483
168
194
57
305
83
505
178
416
48
47 -196
12
597
695
495
219
194
57
381
83
530
1,410
425
64
197 - 677
12
602
695
511
219
194
57
559
79
537
1,410
440
132
16
602
20
606
756
533
219
194
57
838
86
584
1,410
452
191
25
670
25
684
826
606
324
213
76
1,067
92
641
330
516
480
32
735
38
741
38
764
854
664
324
244
108
1,473
83
740
330
572
714
45
802
678 - 1453
1454 - 3115
3116 - 6070
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
7 - 42
12
649
727
532
168
216
54
305
95
537
178
460
55
43 - 178
12
649
754
546
219
216
54
381
95
564
292
473
73
179 - 560
12
652
754
576
219
216
54
559
95
564
292
498
145
16
652
16
657
821
584
219
222
60
838
95
630
292
497
220
20
657
25
721
25
735
883
662
324
235
73
1,067
108
667
330
567
509
32
786
38
792
38
803
902
706
324
254
92
1,473
95
711
330
610
714
45
841
561 - 1320
1321 - 2830
2831 - 5518
48
100-B.SAM-11/21/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 100-C
78 mm

PTP figure 100 type C is a vertica l c o n s t a n t suspended from a beam. It can be furnished with single lug suspension or double lug suspension as shown
above. When ordering specify the type of suspension required. For load and travel not in the tables, please call for dimensions.
IMPORTANT NOTES:
! RTO
!D
!E

!F
!M
! WT


LOAD (kg)
0
348
349
677
678
1091
1092
1758
1759
2574
2575
4145
4146
6070
6070
8079
8081
10754
10755
13012
13013
17319
17320
20956
20956
27272
J-ROD
12
16
20
25
32
38
45
50
58
65
70
75
80
K-HOLE
17
21
24
32
38
44
51
60
67
73
79
86
92
38
38
38
51
76
76
76
102
114
114
114
127
127
32
32
32
38
51
64
64
76
76
102
102
102
114
22
27
32
41
51
60
67
73
79
86
92
98
105
6*
6*
10
13
16
19
19
19
19
25
25
25
25
64
64
64
76
102
127
127
152
152
203
203
203
229
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
20 -110
12
395
416
246
168
95
51
305
48
321
178
203
27
111 - 462
12
395
441
257
219
95
51
381
60
321
292
213
43
16
395
16
400
441
283
219
95
51
559
60
321
292
235
98
20
400
25
464
463 - 1598
49
Continued "
100-C.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. PTP 100-C
CONSTANT

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
1598 - 3426
25
478
518
318
219
110
65
838
89
340
292
257
157
32
529
38
535
38
560
598
391
324
141
98
1,067
111
376
330
321
443
45
598
50
725
50
781
616
481
324
171
127
1,473
165
286
330
408
700
58
845
65
845
70
895
3427 - 7345
7346 - 14314
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
15 -83
12
395
475
305
168
114
48
305
51
373
178
256
30
84 -347
12
395
500
318
219
114
48
381
70
360
292
267
48
348 - 1091
16
400
500
346
219
114
48
559
51
398
292
292
100
20
400
25
478
579
381
219
133
67
838
83
414
292
316
159
32
529
641
440
324
146
79
1,067
95
451
330
367
443
676
530
324
184
117
1,473
168
340
330
454
705
1092 - 2574
2575 - 5518
5519- 10754
38
549
45
587
45
643
50
770
58
833
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
11 - 68
12
497
540
368
168
141
51
305
57
425
178
313
34
69 - 287
12
497
565
381
219
141
51
381
57
451
292
324
50
288 - 902
12
502
565
406
219
141
51
559
57
451
292
346
111
16
502
20
502
20
516
638
429
219
154
64
838
76
486
292
359
177
25
579
32
630
32
645
706
506
324
173
83
1,067
89
529
330
427
452
38
651
45
689
45
733
767
595
324
237
146
1,473
121
525
330
511
709
50
860
58
924
903 - 2127
2128 - 4560
4561 - 8887
50
100-C.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. PTP 100-C
CONSTANT
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
9 - 56
12
548
603
422
168
168
54
305
70
464
178
362
41
57 - 237
12
548
630
429
219
168
54
381
70
491
292
365
57
238 - 745
12
552
629
457
219
168
54
559
70
489
292
391
123
16
552
20
552
20
556
692
476
219
175
60
838
89
514
292
400
177
25
619
32
684
759
552
324
187
73
1,067
89
581
330
467
457
38
691
38
713
789
608
324
219
105
1,473
133
522
330
521
714
45
751
50
878
746 - 1758
1759 -3769
3770 - 7345
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
7 - 46
12
598
670
483
168
194
57
305
83
505
178
416
48
47 -196
12
597
695
495
219
194
57
381
83
530
1,410
425
64
197 - 677
12
602
695
511
219
194
57
559
79
537
1,410
440
132
16
602
20
606
756
533
219
194
57
838
86
584
1,410
452
191
25
670
25
684
826
606
324
213
76
1,067
92
641
330
516
480
32
735
38
741
38
764
854
664
324
244
108
1,473
83
740
330
572
714
45
802
678 - 1453
1454 - 3115
3116 - 6070
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
7 - 42
12
649
727
532
168
216
54
305
95
537
178
460
55
43 - 178
12
649
754
546
219
216
54
381
95
564
292
473
73
179 - 560
12
652
754
576
219
216
54
559
95
564
292
498
145
16
652
16
657
821
584
219
222
60
838
95
630
292
497
220
20
657
25
721
25
735
883
662
324
235
73
1,067
108
667
330
567
509
32
786
38
792
38
803
902
706
324
254
92
1,473
95
711
330
610
714
45
841
561 - 1320
1321 - 2830
2831 - 5518
51
100-C.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. PTP 100-D
CONSTANT
78 mm

PTP figure 100 type D is a vertical constant with a top attachment which is bolted directly to the bottom of the steel as shown above. For load and travel
not in the tables, please call for dimensions.
IMPORTANT NOTES:
! RTO
!D
!E

!F
!M
! WT
J-Rod and Top Attachment Selection
LOAD (kg)
0
348
349
677
678
1091
1092
1758
1759
2574
2575
4145
4146
6070
6070
8079
8081
10754
10755
13012
13013
17319
17320
20956
20956
27272
J-ROD
12
16
20
25
32
38
45
50
58
65
70
75
80
K-HOLE
14
19
19
19
19
22
22
35
35
41
41
41
41
19
22
22
29
29
35
35
41
41
51
51
51
51
143
203
203
273
273
321
321
371
371
381
381
381
381

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
20 -110
12
357
416
246
168
95
51
305
48
321
178
203
27
111 - 462
12
357
441
257
219
95
51
381
60
321
292
213
43
16
357
16
362
441
283
219
95
51
559
60
321
292
235
98
20
362
25
413
463 - 1598
52
Continued "
100-D.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. PTP 100-D
CONSTANT

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
1598 - 3426
3427 - 7345
7346 - 14314
J-ROD
RTO*
25
32
427
452
518
318
219
110
65
838
89
340
292
257
WT
(kg)
157
38
459
38
45
484
522
598
391
324
141
98
1,067
111
376
330
321
443
50
624
50
58
679
730
616
481
324
171
127
1,473
165
286
330
408
700
65
730
70
781
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
15 -83
84 -347
348 - 1091
J-ROD
RTO*
12
12
16
20
357
357
362
362
475
500
500
305
318
346
168
219
219
114
114
114
48
48
48
305
381
559
51
70
51
373
360
398
178
292
292
256
267
292
WT
(kg)
30
48
100
1092 - 2574
25
32
427
452
579
381
219
133
67
838
83
414
292
316
159
2575 - 5518
38
45
473
511
641
440
324
146
79
1,067
95
451
330
367
443
5519- 10754
45
50
567
668
676
530
324
184
117
1,473
168
340
330
454
705
58
719
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
11 - 68
12
459
540
368
168
141
51
305
57
425
178
313
34
69 - 287
12
459
565
381
219
141
51
381
57
451
292
324
50
288 - 902
12
464
565
406
219
141
51
559
57
451
292
346
111
16
464
20
464
20
478
638
429
219
154
64
838
76
486
292
359
177
25
529
32
554
32
568
706
506
324
173
83
1,067
89
529
330
427
452
38
575
45
613
45
657
767
595
324
237
146
1,473
121
525
330
511
709
50
759
58
810
903 - 2127
2128 - 4560
4561 - 8887
*Rod Take Out (RTO) is for down travel [ Add 200 mm for up travel )
53
100-D.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. PTP 100-D
CONSTANT
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
9 - 56
57 - 237
238 - 745
J-ROD
RTO*
12
12
12
16
510
510
514
514
603
630
629
422
429
457
168
219
219
168
168
168
54
54
54
305
381
559
70
70
70
464
491
489
178
292
292
362
365
391
WT
(kg)
41
57
123
20
514
746 - 1758
20
25
518
568
692
476
219
175
60
838
89
514
292
400
177
1759 -3769
32
38
608
614
759
552
324
187
73
1,067
89
581
330
467
457
3770 - 7345
38
45
637
675
789
608
324
219
105
1,473
133
522
330
521
714
50
776
Rod Take Out (RTO) is for down travel [ Add 250 mm for up travel ]
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
7 - 46
47 -196
197 - 677
J-ROD
RTO*
12
12
12
16
560
559
564
564
670
695
695
483
495
511
168
219
219
194
194
194
57
57
57
305
381
559
83
83
79
505
530
537
178
1,410
1,410
416
425
440
WT
(kg)
48
64
132
678 - 1453
20
25
568
619
756
533
219
194
57
838
86
584
1,410
452
191
1454 - 3115
25
32
633
659
826
606
324
213
76
1,067
92
641
330
516
480
38
665
38
45
687
725
854
664
324
244
108
1,473
83
740
330
572
714
3116 - 6070
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
7 - 42
43 - 178
179 - 560
J-ROD
RTO*
12
12
12
16
611
611
614
614
727
754
754
532
546
576
168
219
219
216
216
216
54
54
54
305
381
559
95
95
95
537
564
564
178
292
292
460
473
498
WT
(kg)
55
73
145
561 - 1320
16
619
821
584
219
222
60
838
95
630
292
497
220
20
619
25
670
25
32
684
710
883
662
324
235
73
1,067
108
667
330
567
509
38
716
38
727
902
706
324
254
92
1,473
95
711
330
610
714
45
765
1321 - 2830
2831 - 5518
54
100-D.SAM-11/22/94
FIG.PTP 100-E
CONSTANT
78mm

PTP figure 100 type E is a vertical constant with base plates which are bolted directly to the top of the steel as shown above.
1
PLEASE CALL FOR DIMENSIONS

COMPUTERIZED NAME PLATE MACHINE
COMPUTERIZED MULTI-HEAD PATTERN BURNING TABLE
30
100-E.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. PTP 100-F
CONSTANT
1 Drawing shown for up travel

PTP figure 100 type F is a vertical constant designed to support piping from below. The base plate is bolted directly to the top of the steel or floor as shown above. The strut
which connects the load arm to the piping is ordered separately.

FIG. 100 F CONSTANT
SPRING ASSEMBLY AREA
VERTICAL G-TYPE CONSTANTS
CONSTANTS CRATED FOR SHIPPING
56
100-F.SAM-11/22/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 100-G
78 mm
PTP figure 100 type G assembly consists of two inverted vertical constants attached with a channel as shown above. The constant i s s u s p e n d e d v i a
J-rods to a beam and the whole assembly moves through the total travel. The load ranges in the tables below are half the total load of the assembly, with
the pipe line seated in the center of the C-C dimension, and each constant carries half the total load. The load each constant carries must include part of
the assembly's weight as the whole assembly moves. Note that if the pipe line is not centered in the C-C dimension, then one constant in the assembly
could carry a heavier load than the other. If this is the case then each constant could be a different size and the tables below might not apply. Call for
dimensions on such special designs. When ordering please specify the C-C dimension and the loads of each constant in the assembly. For load and
travel not in the tables, please call for dimensions.
IMPORTANT NOTES:
! RTO
!D
!E
!F

Rod take out for down travel
See side view of PTP 100-D
!L
J Rod position for up travel
!M
J Rod position for down travel
Approximate weight for the load range
! WT
Size of channel
! CH
J-Rod Selection
LOAD (kg)
0
348
349
677
678
1091
1092
1758
1759
2574
2575
4145
4146
6070
6070
8079
8081
10754
10755
13012
13013
17319
17320
20956
20956
27272
J-ROD
12
16
20
25
32
38
45
50
58
65
70
75
80

LOAD RANGE
(lbs)
J-ROD
RTO*
CH
(lbs/ft)
WT
(kg)
20 -110
12
194
416
246
168
95
51
305
178
203
25
3x4.1
27
12
175
441
257
219
95
51
381
292
213
25
4x5.4
43
16
175
441
283
219
95
51
559
292
235
32
6x10.5
98
111 - 462
463 - 1598
16
140
20
140
25
191
Continued "
57
100-G.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. PTP 100-G
CONSTANT
LOAD RANGE
(lbs)
1598 - 3426
3427 - 7345
7346 - 14314
J-ROD
RTO*
N
38
CH
(lbs/ft)
10x15.3
WT
(lbs)
157
25
32
137
162
518
318
219
110
65
838
292
257
38
168
38
45
130
168
598
391
324
141
98
1,067
330
321
54
12x20.7
443
50
270
50
58
241
292
616
481
324
171
127
1,473
330
408
73
15x33.9
700
65
292
70
343
WT
(kg)
30
48
100
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
15 -83
84 -347
348 - 1091
J-ROD
RTO*
12
12
16
20
164
144
108
108
475
500
500
305
318
346
168
219
219
114
114
114
48
48
48
305
381
559
178
292
292
256
267
292
25
25
32
CH
(lbs/ft)
3x4.1
4x5.4
6x10.5
1092 - 2574
25
32
105
130
579
381
219
133
67
838
292
316
38
10x15.3
159
2575 - 5518
38
45
92
130
641
440
324
146
79
1,067
330
367
54
12x20.7
443
5519- 10754
45
50
103
205
676
530
324
184
117
1,473
330
454
73
15x33.9
705
58
256
WT
(kg)
34
50
111
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
11 - 68
69 - 287
288 - 902
903 - 2127
2128 - 4560
4561 - 8887
J-ROD
RTO*
12
12
12
16
233
214
179
179
540
565
565
368
381
406
168
219
219
141
141
141
51
51
51
305
381
559
178
292
292
313
324
346
25
25
32
CH
(lbs/ft)
3x4.1
4x5.4
6x10.5
20
179
20
25
132
179
638
429
219
154
64
838
292
359
38
10x15.3
177
32
208
32
38
156
162
706
506
324
173
83
1,067
330
427
54
12x20.7
452
45
200
45
50
162
264
767
595
324
237
146
1,473
330
511
73
15x33.9
709
58
314
*Rod Take Out (RTO) is for down travel [ Add 8 inches for up travel
58
100-G.SAM-11/22/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 100-G
LOAD
RANGE
J-ROD
RTO*
CH
(lbs/ft)
WT
(kg)
9 - 56
12
259
603
422
168
168
54
305
178
362
25
3x4.1
41
57 - 237
12
241
630
429
219
168
54
381
292
365
25
4x5.4
57
238 - 745
12
205
629
457
219
168
54
559
292
391
32
6x10.5
123
16
205
20
205
20
148
692
476
219
175
60
838
292
400
38
10x15.3
177
25
198
32
173
759
552
324
187
73
1,067
330
467
54
12x20.7
457
38
179
38
135
789
608
324
219
105
1,473
330
521
73
15x33.9
714
45
173
50
275
746 - 1758
1759 -3769
3770 - 7345
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
CH
(lbs/ft)
WT
(lbs)
7 - 46
12
278
670
483
168
194
57
305
178
416
25
3x4.1
48
47 -196
12
257
695
495
219
194
57
381
1,410
425
25
4x5.4
64
197 - 677
12
227
695
511
219
194
57
559
1,410
440
32
6x10.5
132
16
227
20
168
756
533
219
194
57
838
1,410
452
38
10x15.3
191
25
219
25
170
826
606
324
213
76
1,067
330
516
54
12x20.7
480
32
195
38
202
38
157
854
664
324
244
108
1,473
330
572
73
15x33.9
714
45
195
678 - 1453
1454 - 3115
3116 - 6070
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
CH
(lbs/ft)
WT
(lbs)
7 - 42
12
303
727
532
168
216
54
305
178
460
25
3x4.1
55
43 - 178
12
284
754
546
219
216
54
381
292
473
25
4x5.4
73
179 - 560
12
246
754
576
219
216
54
559
292
498
32
6x10.5
145
16
246
16
195
821
584
219
222
60
838
292
497
38
10x15.3
220
20
195
25
246
25
194
883
662
324
235
73
1,067
330
567
54
12x20.7
509
32
219
38
225
38
176
902
706
324
254
92
1,473
330
610
73
15x33.9
714
45
214
561 - 1320
1321 - 2830
2831 - 5518
59
100-G.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. PTP 100-U
CONSTANT
Drawing shown for up travel
PTP figure 100 type U is a vertical constant designed to support piping from below. The base plate is bolted directly to the top of the steel or floor as
shown above. It is important to understand that this constant has only vertical movement subjected by the total travel and no axial movement.

TYPE E HORIZONTAL CONSTANT FOR 40,000 LOAD
HORIZONTAL CONSTANTS LOADED FOR TRANSPORT
HANGERS IN A MAJOR INDUSTRIAL PLANT
60
100-U.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. PTP 200-A
CONSTANT
J+6.5
78 mm
PTP figure 200 type A is a horizontal constant suspended from a beam. It can be furnished either with single rod suspension or double rod suspension as shown
above. The single rod suspension must be mounted flush to the bottom of the beam where the suspension rod is 6 mm thicker than J-Rod. Note that the rod
take out (RTO) for the single rod suspension must be adjusted by subtracting 6 mm from the values given in the tables below. When ordering specify the type of
suspension required. For load and travel not in the tables, please call for dimensions.
IMPORTANT NOTES:
RTO
D
E

F
M
WT
J-Rod Selection
LOAD (kg)
0
348
349
677
678
1091
1092
1758
1759
2574
2575
4145
4146
6070
6070
8079
8081
10754
10755
13012
13013
17319
17320
20956
20956
27272
J-ROD
12
16
20
25
32
38
45
50
58
65
70
75
80
SUBTRACT 6 MM OF THE ROD TAKE OUT (RTO) FOR SINGLE ROD SUSPENSION
ONLY FROM THE TABLES BELOW
Total Travel 38 mm to 100 mm
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
20 -110
12
356
318
222
168
98
59
305
48
222
178
32
27
111 - 462
12
381
343
279
219
111
71
381
60
222
292
32
43
16
378
16
378
356
283
219
111
71
559
60
235
292
35
98
20
375
25
419
463 - 1598
WT
(kg)
Continued
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 200-A

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
1598 - 3426
25
481
400
337
219
149
108
838
89
222
292
38
157
32
500
38
500
38
549
502
429
324
194
154
1,067
111
279
330
38
443
45
581
50
676
50
727
603
505
324
264
224
1,473
165
273
330
89
700
58
772
65
765
70
810
WT
(kg)
3427 - 7345
7346 - 14314
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
15 -83
12
338
387
260
168
111
51
305
51
286
178
68
30
84 -347
12
351
425
298
219
130
70
381
70
286
292
56
48
16
335
419
289
219
111
51
559
51
318
292
46
100
20
332
457
337
219
149
89
838
83
292
292
38
159
552
429
324
187
127
1,067
95
362
330
38
443
660
524
324
262
202
1,473
168
324
330
110
705
348 - 1091
1092 - 2574
2575 - 5518
5519- 10754
25
429
32
448
38
497
45
529
45
600
50
695
58
740
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
34
11 - 68
12
338
457
311
168
130
48
305
57
343
178
117
69 - 287
12
338
470
337
219
130
48
381
57
356
292
92
50
288 - 902
12
340
495
340
219
130
48
559
57
381
292
97
111
16
337
20
333
20
344
527
356
219
149
67
838
76
375
292
49
177
25
389
32
408
32
445
603
429
324
181
98
1,067
89
425
330
38
452
38
445
45
476
45
495
679
473
324
225
143
1,473
121
438
330
57
709
50
591
58
635
903 - 2127
2128 - 4560
4561 - 8887
62
200-A.SAM-11/22/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 200-A

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
9 - 56
12
389
533
362
168
154
52
305
70
394
178
168
41
57 - 237
12
389
546
387
219
154
52
381
70
406
292
143
57
238 - 745
12
391
572
391
219
154
52
559
70
432
292
148
123
16
387
20
384
20
395
603
406
219
173
71
838
89
425
292
102
177
25
440
32
470
667
454
324
192
90
1,067
89
489
330
64
457
38
470
38
514
762
645
324
249
148
1,473
133
495
330
108
714
45
546
50
641
746 - 1758
1759 -3769
3770 - 7345
Total Travel 265 to 300
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
48
7 - 46
12
440
622
413
168
178
54
305
83
457
178
219
47 -196
12
440
622
438
219
176
52
381
83
457
292
194
64
197 - 677
12
440
635
441
219
173
51
559
79
476
292
197
132
16
437
20
435
654
438
219
179
57
838
86
483
292
141
191
25
479
25
491
724
492
324
192
70
1,067
92
540
330
103
480
32
510
38
510
38
521
762
530
324
205
83
1,473
83
597
330
114
714
45
552
678 - 1453
1454 - 3115
3116 - 6070
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
55
7 - 42
12
491
686
464
168
198
54
305
95
495
178
271
43 - 178
12
491
699
489
219
200
57
381
95
508
292
246
73
179 - 560
12
491
718
492
219
198
54
559
95
527
292
249
145
16
487
16
489
730
495
219
198
54
838
95
540
292
192
220
20
486
25
530
25
541
806
549
324
217
73
1,067
108
591
330
154
509
32
560
38
560
38
572
787
537
324
230
86
1,473
95
597
330
165
714
45
603
561 - 1320
1321 - 2830
2831 - 5518
63
200-A.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. PTP 200-B
CONSTANT
78 mm
PTP figure 200 type B is a horizontal constant suspended from a beam. It can be furnished with single lug suspension or double lug suspension as shown
IMPORTANT NOTES:
RTO
D
E

F
M
WT
LOAD (kg)
0
348
349
677
678
1091
1092
1758
1759
2574
2575
4145
4146
6070
6070
8079
8081
10754
10755
13012
13013
17319
17320
20956
20956
27272
J-ROD
12
16
20
25
32
38
45
50
58
65
70
75
80
K-HOLE
17
21
24
32
38
44
51
60
67
73
79
86
92
38
38
38
51
76
76
76
102
114
114
114
127
127
32
32
32
38
51
64
64
76
76
102
102
102
114
6*
6*
10
13
16
19
19
19
19
25
25
25
25
64
64
64
76
102
127
127
152
152
203
203
203
229
WT
(kg)

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
20 -110
12
413
318
222
168
98
59
305
48
222
178
70
27
111 - 462
12
438
343
279
219
111
71
381
60
222
292
70
43
16
438
16
441
356
283
219
111
71
559
60
235
292
73
98
20
441
463 - 1598
64
200-B.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. PTP 200-B
CONSTANT

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
1598 - 3426
25
570
400
337
219
149
108
838
89
222
292
89
157
32
621
38
627
38
679
502
429
324
194
154
1,067
111
279
330
114
443
45
718
50
845
50
895
603
505
324
264
224
1,473
165
273
330
191
700
58
959
3427 - 7345
7346 - 14314
65
959
70
1,010
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
15 -83
12
395
387
260
168
111
51
305
51
286
178
106
30
84 -347
12
408
425
298
219
130
70
381
70
286
292
94
48
348 - 1091
16
398
419
289
219
111
51
559
51
318
292
84
100
20
398
1092 - 2574
25
518
457
337
219
149
89
838
83
292
292
89
159
32
568
2575 - 5518
38
627
552
429
324
187
127
1,067
95
362
330
114
443
45
665
5519- 10754
45
737
660
524
324
262
202
1,473
168
324
330
186
705
50
864
58
927
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
11 - 68
12
395
457
311
168
130
48
305
57
343
178
156
34
69 - 287
12
395
470
337
219
130
48
381
57
356
292
130
50
288 - 902
12
400
495
340
219
130
48
559
57
381
292
135
111
16
400
527
356
219
149
67
838
76
375
292
87
177
603
429
324
181
98
1,067
89
425
330
114
452
679
473
324
225
143
1,473
121
438
330
133
709
903 - 2127
2128 - 4560
4561 - 8887
20
400
20
414
25
478
32
529
32
568
38
575
45
613
45
632
50
759
58
822
65
200-B.SAM-11/22/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 200-B

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD

RTO*
WT
(kg)
9 - 56
12
446
533
362
168
154
52
305
70
394
178
206
41
57 - 237
12
446
546
387
219
154
52
381
70
406
292
181
57
572
391
219
154
52
559
70
432
292
186
123
603
406
219
173
71
838
89
425
292
140
177
667
454
324
192
90
1,067
89
489
330
140
457
762
645
324
249
148
1,473
133
495
330
184
714
238 - 745
746 - 1758
1759 -3769
3770 - 7345
12
451
16
451
20
451
20
465
25
529
32
594
38
600
38
645
45
683
50
810
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
7 - 46
12
497
622
413
168
178
54
305
83
457
178
257
48
47 -196
12
497
622
438
219
176
52
381
83
457
292
232
64
197 - 677
12
500
635
441
219
173
51
559
79
476
292
235
132
16
500
20
505
654
438
219
179
57
838
86
483
292
179
191
25
568
25
583
724
492
324
192
70
1,067
92
540
330
154
480
32
633
38
640
38
651
762
530
324
205
83
1,473
83
597
330
191
714
45
689
678 - 1453
1454 - 3115
3116 - 6070
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
7 - 42
12
548
686
464
168
198
54
305
95
495
178
310
55
43 - 178
12
548
699
489
219
200
57
381
95
508
292
284
73
179 - 560
12
551
718
492
219
198
54
559
95
527
292
287
145
16
551
16
556
730
495
219
198
54
838
95
540
292
230
220
20
556
25
619
25
633
806
549
324
217
73
1,067
108
591
330
205
509
32
684
38
691
38
702
787
537
324
230
86
1,473
95
597
330
241
714
45
740
561 - 1320
1321 - 2830
2831 - 5518
66
200-B.SAM-11/22/94
FIG. PTP 200-C
CONSTANT
78 mm
PTP figure 200 type C is a horizontal constant suspended from a beam. It can be furnished with single lug suspension or double lug suspension as shown
IMPORTANT NOTES:
RTO
D
E

F
M
WT
LOAD (kg)
0
348
349
677
678
1091
1092
1758
1759
2574
2575
4145
4146
6070
6070
8079
8081
10754
10755
13012
13013
17319
17320
20956
20956
27272
J-ROD
12
16
20
25
32
38
45
50
58
65
70
75
80
K-HOLE
17
21
24
32
38
44
51
60
67
73
79
86
92
38
38
38
51
76
76
76
102
114
114
114
127
127
32
32
32
38
51
64
64
76
76
102
102
102
114
22
27
32
41
51
60
67
73
79
86
92
98
105
6*
6*
10
13
16
19
19
19
19
25
25
25
25
64
64
64
76
102
127
127
152
152
203
203
203
229
WT
(kg)
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
20 -110
12
413
318
222
168
98
59
305
48
222
178
70
27
111 - 462
12
438
343
279
219
111
71
381
60
222
292
70
43
16
438
16
441
356
283
219
111
71
559
60
235
292
73
98
20
441
25
505
463 - 1598
FIG. PTP 200-C
CONSTANT

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
1598 - 3426
3427 - 7345
7346 - 14314
J-ROD
RTO*
25
32
570
621
400
337
219
149
108
838
89
222
292
89
WT
(kg)
157
38
627
38
45
679
718
502
429
324
194
154
1,067
111
279
330
114
443
50
845
50
58
895
959
603
505
324
264
224
1,473
165
273
330
191
700
65
959
70
1,010
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
15 -83
12
395
387
260
168
111
51
305
51
286
178
106
30
84 -347
12
408
425
298
219
130
70
381
70
286
292
94
48
348 - 1091
16
398
419
289
219
111
51
559
51
318
292
84
100
20
398
25
518
457
337
219
149
89
838
83
292
292
89
159
32
568
38
627
552
429
324
187
127
1,067
95
362
330
114
443
45
665
660
524
324
262
202
1,473
168
324
330
186
705
WT
(kg)
1092 - 2574
2575 - 5518
5519- 10754
45
737
50
864
58
927
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
11 - 68
12
395
457
311
168
130
48
305
57
343
178
156
34
69 - 287
12
395
470
337
219
130
48
381
57
356
292
130
50
495
340
219
130
48
559
57
381
292
135
111
527
356
219
149
67
838
76
375
292
87
177
603
429
324
181
98
1,067
89
425
330
114
452
679
473
324
225
143
1,473
121
438
330
133
709
288 - 902
903 - 2127
2128 - 4560
4561 - 8887
12
400
16
400
20
400
20
414
25
478
32
529
32
568
38
575
45
613
45
632
50
759
58
822
68
200-C.SAM-11/23/94
FIG. PTP 200-C
CONSTANT

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
9 - 56
12
446
533
362
168
154
52
305
70
394
178
206
41
57 - 237
12
446
546
387
219
154
52
381
70
406
292
181
57
238 - 745
12
451
572
391
219
154
52
559
70
432
292
186
123
16
451
20
451
20
465
603
406
219
173
71
838
89
425
292
140
177
25
529
32
594
667
454
324
192
90
1,067
89
489
330
140
457
38
600
38
645
762
645
324
249
148
1,473
133
495
330
184
714
45
683
50
810
WT
(kg)
746 - 1758
1759 -3769
3770 - 7345
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
7 - 46
12
497
622
413
168
178
54
305
83
457
178
257
48
47 -196
12
497
622
438
219
176
52
381
83
457
292
232
64
635
441
219
173
51
559
79
476
292
235
132
654
438
219
179
57
838
86
483
292
179
191
724
492
324
192
70
1,067
92
540
330
154
480
762
530
324
205
83
1,473
83
597
330
191
714
WT
(kg)
55
197 - 677
678 - 1453
1454 - 3115
3116 - 6070
12
500
16
500
20
505
25
568
25
583
32
633
38
640
38
651
45
689
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
7 - 42
12
548
686
464
168
198
54
305
95
495
178
310
43 - 178
12
548
699
489
219
200
57
381
95
508
292
284
73
179 - 560
12
551
718
492
219
198
54
559
95
527
292
287
145
16
551
16
556
730
495
219
198
54
838
95
540
292
230
220
20
556
25
619
25
633
806
549
324
217
73
1,067
108
591
330
205
509
32
684
38
691
38
702
787
537
324
230
86
1,473
95
597
330
241
714
45
740
561 - 1320
1321 - 2830
2831 - 5518
69
200-C.SAM-11/23/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 200-D
78 mm
PTP figure 200 type D is a horizontal constant with top attachment which is bolted directly to the bottom of the steel as shown above. For load and travel not in
the tables, please call for dimensions.
IMPORTANT NOTES:
RTO - Rod take out for down travel
F
D
E
M
WT

J-Rod and Top Attachment Selection

LOAD
(kg)
0
348
349
677
678
1091
1092
1758
1759
2574
2575
4145
4146
6070
6070
8079
8081
10754
10755
13012
13013
17319
17320
20956
20956
27272
J-ROD
12
16
20
25
32
38
45
50
58
65
70
75
80
K-HOLE
14
19
19
19
19
22
22
35
35
41
41
41
41
19
22
22
29
29
35
35
41
41
51
51
51
51
143
203
203
273
273
321
321
371
371
381
381
381
381
WT
(kg)

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
20 -110
12
375
318
222
168
98
59
305
48
222
178
32
27
111 - 462
12
400
343
279
219
111
71
381
60
222
292
32
43
16
400
16
403
356
283
219
111
71
559
60
235
292
35
98
20
403
25
454
463 - 1598
70
200-D.SAM-11/23/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 200-D
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
1598 - 3426
25
32
519
545
400
337
219
149
108
838
89
222
292
38
157
38
551
38
45
603
641
502
429
324
194
154
1,067
111
279
330
38
443
50
743
50
58
794
845
603
505
324
264
224
1,473
165
273
330
89
700
65
845
70
895
3427 - 7345
7346 - 14314
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
15 -83
12
357
387
260
168
111
51
305
51
286
178
68
30
84 -347
12
370
425
298
219
130
70
381
70
286
292
56
48
348 - 1091
16
360
419
289
219
111
51
559
51
318
292
46
100
457
337
219
149
89
838
83
292
292
38
159
552
429
324
187
127
1,067
95
362
330
38
443
660
524
324
262
202
1,473
168
324
330
110
705
1092 - 2574
2575 - 5518
5519- 10754
20
360
25
467
32
492
38
551
45
589
45
660
50
762
58
813
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
11 - 68
69 - 287
12
12
357
357
457
470
311
337
168
219
130
130
48
48
305
381
57
57
343
356
178
292
117
92
34
50
12
362
362
495
340
219
130
48
559
57
381
292
97
111
16
20
362
20
25
376
427
527
356
219
149
67
838
76
375
292
33
177
32
452
32
38
492
498
603
429
324
181
98
1,067
89
425
330
38
452
45
537
45
50
556
657
679
473
324
225
143
1,473
121
438
330
57
709
58
708
288 - 902
903 - 2127
2128 - 4560
4561 - 8887
71
200-D.SAM-11/23/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 200-D

LOAD RANGE J-ROD
(kg)

RTO*
WT
(kg)
41
9 - 56
12
408
533
362
168
154
52
305
70
394
178
168
57 - 237
12
408
546
387
219
154
52
381
70
406
292
143
57
238 - 745
12
413
572
391
219
154
52
559
70
432
292
148
123
16
413
20
413
20
427
603
406
219
173
71
838
89
425
292
102
177
25
478
32
518
667
454
324
192
90
1,067
89
489
330
64
457
38
524
38
564
762
645
324
249
148
1,473
133
495
330
108
714
45
606
50
708
746 - 1758
1759 -3769
3770 - 7345
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
7 - 46
12
459
622
413
168
178
54
305
83
457
178
219
48
47 -196
12
459
622
438
219
176
52
381
83
457
292
194
64
197 - 677
12
462
635
441
219
173
51
559
79
476
292
197
132
16
462
678 - 1453
20
467
654
438
219
179
57
838
86
483
292
141
191
25
518
1454 - 3115
25
532
724
492
324
192
70
1,067
92
540
330
103
480
32
557
38
564
38
575
762
530
324
205
83
1,473
83
597
330
114
714
45
613
3116 - 6070
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
7 - 42
12
510
686
464
168
198
54
305
95
495
178
271
55
43 - 178
12
510
699
489
219
200
57
381
95
508
292
246
73
179 - 560
12
513
718
492
219
198
54
559
95
527
292
249
145
16
513
561 - 1320
16
518
730
495
219
198
54
838
95
540
292
192
220
20
518
25
568
25
583
806
549
324
217
73
1,067
108
591
330
154
509
32
608
38
614
38
625
787
537
324
230
86
1,473
95
597
330
165
714
45
664
1321 - 2830
2831 - 5518
72
200-D.SAM-11/23/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 200-E
78 mm
PTP figure 200 type E is a horizontal constant with base plates which are bolted directly to the top of the steel as shown above. The rod take out (RTO) given
in the tables below are minimum and may not exceed the depth of the supporting steel. If this is the case, to clear the depth of the supporting steel, the rod take
out (RTO) can be specified to exceed the minimum. For load and travel not in the tables, please call for dimensions.
IMPORTANT NOTES:
RTO
D
E

F
M
WT

J-Rod and Base Attachment Selection

LOAD (kg)
0
348
349
677
678
1091
1092
1758
1759
2574
2575
4145
4146
6070
6070
8079
8081
10754
10755
13012
13013
17319
17320
20956
20956
27272
J-ROD
12
16
20
25
32
38
45
50
58
65
70
75
80
K-HOLE
14
19
19
19
19
22
22
35
35
41
41
41
41
16
16
16
16
16
21
21
33
33
40
40
40
40
151
206
206
259
259
314
314
373
373
379
379
379
379

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
WT
(kg)
20 -110
12
146
318
229
168
98
59
305
48
222
178
32
27
111 - 462
12
114
343
286
219
111
71
381
60
222
292
32
43
16
114
16
111
356
292
219
111
71
559
60
235
292
35
98
20
111
25
162
463 - 1598
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 200-E
Total Travel 38 mm to 100 mm
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
RTO*
1598 - 3426
25
32
170
195
400
349
219
149
108
838
89
222
292
38
WT
(kg)
157
38
202
38
45
159
197
502
445
324
194
154
1,067
111
279
330
38
443
50
298
50
58
273
324
603
521
324
264
224
1,473
165
273
330
89
700
65
324
70
375
3427 - 7345
7346 - 14314
RTO*
WT
(kg)
12
90
387
335
168
111
51
305
51
286
178
68
30
84 -347
12
65
425
37
219
130
70
381
70
286
292
56
48
348 - 1091
16
62
419
179
219
111
51
559
51
318
292
46
100
20
62
25
123
457
140
219
149
89
838
83
292
292
38
159
552
140
324
187
127
1,067
95
362
330
38
443
660
71
324
262
202
1,473
168
324
330
110
705
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
J-ROD
15 -83
1092 - 2574
2575 - 5518
5519- 10754
32
143
38
106
45
144
45
121
50
222
58
273
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
11 - 68
69 - 287
288 - 902
903 - 2127
2128 - 4560
4561 - 8887
J-ROD
RTO*
12
12
12
457
470
495
318
343
349
168
219
219
130
130
130
48
48
48
305
381
559
57
57
57
343
356
381
178
292
292
117
92
97
16
40
14
13
13
WT
(kg)
34
50
111
20
13
20
25
8
59
527
368
219
149
67
838
76
375
292
33
177
32
84
32
38
48
54
603
445
324
181
98
1,067
89
425
330
38
452
45
92
45
50
67
168
679
489
324
225
143
1,473
121
438
330
57
709
58
219
74
200-E.SAM-11/23/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 200-E

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
9 - 56
57 - 237
238 - 745
J-ROD
RTO*
12
12
12
16
40
14
13
13
533
546
572
368
394
400
168
219
219
154
154
154
52
52
52
305
381
559
70
70
70
394
406
432
178
292
292
168
143
148
WT
(kg)
41
57
123
20
13
746 - 1758
20
25
8
59
603
419
219
173
71
838
89
425
292
102
177
1759 -3769
32
38
48
54
667
470
324
192
90
1,067
89
489
330
64
457
3770 - 7345
38
45
35
73
762
533
324
249
148
1,473
133
495
330
108
714
50
175
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
7 - 46
47 -196
197 - 677
J-ROD
RTO*
12
12
12
16
40
14
11
11
622
622
635
419
445
451
168
219
219
178
176
173
54
52
51
305
381
559
83
83
79
457
457
476
178
292
292
219
194
197
WT
(kg)
48
64
132
678 - 1453
20
25
16
67
654
451
219
179
57
838
86
483
292
141
191
1454 - 3115
25
32
24
49
724
508
324
192
70
1,067
92
540
330
103
480
38
56
38
45
29
67
762
546
324
205
83
1,473
83
597
330
114
714
3116 - 6070
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
7 - 42
43 - 178
179 - 560
J-ROD
RTO*
12
12
12
16
40
14
11
11
686
699
718
561 - 1320
16
20
10
10
25
60
25
32
17
43
38
49
38
45
73
111
1321 - 2830
2831 - 5518
470
495
502
168
219
219
198
200
198
54
57
54
305
381
559
95
95
95
495
508
527
178
292
292
271
246
249
WT
(kg)
55
73
145
730
508
219
198
54
838
95
540
292
192
220
806
565
324
217
73
1,067
108
591
330
154
509
787
552
324
230
86
1,473
95
597
330
165
714
75
200-E.SAM-11/23/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 200-F
PTP figure 200 type F is a horizontal constant designed to support piping from below. The base plate is bolted directly to the
top of the steel or floor as shown above. It is important to understand that this constant has vertical movement subjected by
the total travel and an axial movement due to the angle of rotation (D - E). If axial movement cannot be tolerated, then a PTP
figure 200 type U horizontal upthrust constant would be appropriate for the application which only allows for vertical
movement. For load and travel not in the tables, please call for dimensions.
IMPORTANT NOTES:
TO
D
E

- Take out for down travel
F
- Maximum length for the load range
- Load flange position for down travel
WT - Maximum weight for the load range
- Load flange position for up travel

LOAD RANGE K-HOLE
(kg)
TO*
WT
(kg)
20 -110
14
254
168
167
127
305
98
197
254
254
38
178
27
111 - 462
17
292
219
167
127
381
98
197
254
254
38
178
43
463 - 1598
21
318
219
192
152
559
111
222
305
305
38
229
98
1598 - 3426
24
394
219
243
203
838
124
248
406
305
38
229
157
WT
(kg)
*Take Out (TO) is for up travel [ Add 100 mm for down travel]

LOAD RANGE K-HOLE
(kg)
TO*
15 - 83
14
254
168
200
140
305
119
238
279
254
38
178
30
84 - 347
17
292
219
200
140
381
121
241
279
254
38
178
48
348 - 1091
21
318
219
238
178
559
137
273
356
305
38
229
100
1092 - 2574
24
394
219
283
222
838
148
295
445
305
38
229
159
2575 - 5518
35
546
324
327
267
1,067
173
346
533
305
38
229
443
*Take Out (TO) is for up travel [ Add 150 mm for down travel ]
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 200-F

LOAD RANGE K-HOLE
(kg)

TO*
WT
(kg)
11 - 68
14
254
168
237
156
305
140
279
311
254
38
178
34
69 - 287
17
292
219
243
162
381
146
292
324
254
38
178
50
288 - 902
21
318
219
284
203
559
162
324
406
305
38
229
111
903 - 2127
24
457
219
335
254
838
178
356
508
305
38
229
177
2128 - 4560
29
559
324
367
286
1,067
197
394
572
305
38
229
452
4561 - 8887
35
635
324
441
359
1,473
224
448
718
356
38
279
709
LOAD TESTING HORIZONTAL TYPE "F"
TYPE-F HORIZONTAL CONSTANTS PACKED FOR SHIPPING
SPECIAL TRAVEL STOP PIECE FOR HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT

FOR A TYPE-F CONSTANT
TYPE-F HORIZONTAL CONSTANT WITH 104 mmTRAVEL, 454.5 Kg
FIG. PTP 200-U
CONSTANT
PTP figure 200 type U is a horizontal constant designed to support piping from below. The base plate is bolted directly to the top of the steel or floor as
shown above. It is important to understand that this constant has only vertical movement subjected by the total travel. If axial movement can be tolerated,
then a PTP figure 200 type F horizontal constant would be appropriate for the application. For load and travel not in tables, please call for dimensions.
IMPORTANT NOTES:
TO
D

- Take out for up travel
F
- Maximum length for the load range
WT
- Minimum height
- Maximum weight for the load range

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
K-HOLE
TO*
20 -110
14
260
346
168
44
305
89
152
191
191
111 - 462
17
330
383
219
57
381
108
152
241
216
WT
(kg)
38
284
34
38
316
50
463 - 1598
21
343
406
219
60
559
113
162
254
279
38
422
107
1598 - 3426
24
394
427
219
97
838
137
133
298
298
38
464
166
WT
(kg)
*Take Out (TO) is for up travel [ Add 100 mm for down travel]
LOAD RANGE
(kg)
K-HOLE
TO*
15 - 83
14
311
435
168
49
305
102
216
216
191
38
286
36
84 - 347
17
318
440
219
35
381
110
206
235
210
38
318
55
348 - 1091
21
419
483
219
94
559
125
213
279
279
38
422
109
1092 - 2574
24
432
524
219
110
838
159
181
356
318
38
460
168
2575 - 5518
29
508
608
324
94
1067
184
216
406
356
38
559
455
5519 - 10754
35
508
633
324
119
1473
179
251
406
381
38
568
534
78
200-U.SAM-11/23/94
CONSTANT
FIG. PTP 200-U

LOAD RANGE
(kg)
K-HOLE
TO*
WT
(kg)
11 - 68
18
435
513
168
127
284
121
264
279
216
38
291
48
69 - 287
17
432
533
219
84
381
127
264
279
216
38
316
57
288 - 902
21
470
565
219
89
559
140
267
305
273
38
422
120
903 - 2127
24
483
591
219
129
838
152
264
330
305
38
460
186
2128 - 4560
29
546
672
324
124
1067
184
279
406
356
38
559
509
4561 - 8887
35
572
711
324
124
1473
191
305
432
406
38
581
720
HORIZONTAL UPTHRUST CONSTANT READIED FOR SHIPPING
HORIZONTAL UPTHRUST CONSTANT REFURBISHED AFTER FIRE
HORIZONTAL UPTHRUST CONSTANT FOR FURNACE USE
HORIZONTAL UPTHRUST CONSTANT FOR A 22728 kg LOAD
79
200-U.SAM-11/23/94
FIG. 550 & 555
VIBRATION CONTROL AND SWAY BRACE
SIZE RANGE:For pipe sizes 50 through 600 mm.

SERVICE: Recommended for controlling vibration, absorbing shock loadings;
guiding or restraining the movement of pipe resulting from thermal expansion;
bracing a pipe line against sway.
INSTALLATION:
Shipped ready for installation.
ADJUSTMENT: The sway brace should be in the neutral position when the
system is hot and operating, at which time the tension test collar should be
hand tight. If it is not, the sway brace should be adjusted to the neutral
position by use of the load coupling. The screws in the tension test collar
need not be loosened, since they serve only to secure it to the load coupling.
FEATURE:
Vibration is opposed with an instantaneous counter force bringing the pipe
back to normal position.
A single energy-absorbing pre-loaded spring provides two way action.
One spring saves space and simplifies design.
Spring has 75-mm travel in either direction.
Accurate neutral adjustment assured.
Enclosed spring excludes dirt and gives a clean, compact appearance.
SPECIFICATION:
Fulfills the requirements of the ASA Code for Pressure

Piping as to fabrication details and materials.
ORDERING:
Specify figure number, name, size, and overall dimension.
80
f550.sam-11/23/94
SAVE
PIPING TECHNOLOGY & PRODUCTS, INC.
VIBRATION CONTROL AND SWAY BRACE
Size Selection: The vibration control and sway brace gives full
deflection forces from 90 to 820 kg and has initial
precompressed spring forces from 25 to 205 kg to dampen
vibrations, oppose pipe sway and absorb shock forces.
Installation: The vibration control and sway brace is shipped

ready for installation. The rod coupling rotates with slight
resistance and the tension test collar can be rotated by hand
while holding the rod stationary.
The exact amount of energy needed to control piping should

be in proportion to the mass, amplitude of movement, and
nature of disturbing forces acting on the pipe. When it is
possible to calculate the exact restraining force required, the
size of the vibration control and sway brace capable of
providing this force should be selected.
Important: Rod lengths should be cut and final tension of

adjustments made for the hot or operating position of the
pipe. If, with the pipe in its hot position, the tension test
collar cannot be turned by hand or turns very freely, loosen
the jam nut adjacent to the rod coupling and rotate the
coupling until the collar can just be turned by hand.
Retighten the jam nut.
To simplify the selection of size, engineers have designed

the vibration control and sway brace in three sizes that are
readily related to nominal pipe size. For pipe sizes 90 mm
and smaller, the small size is recommended; for 100 to
200-mm, the medium size; and for 250-mm and larger, the
large size.
When correct tension adjustments are completed, the brace

exerts no force on the pipe in its operating position. Under
shut-down conditions, the brace allows the pipe to assume
its cold position. It exerts a nominal cold strain force equal to
the pre-load force plus the amount of travel from the hot to
cold position, times the spring scale of the particular size of
the vibration control and sway brace.
FIG. 550
sway
brace
size
for pipe
size
preload
and spring
scale,
lbs
Max.
force,
kg
weight
(approx.)
each,
lbs
rod
size
eye, H
diameter
of hole
D
thickness
rod
takeout
50 to 80
50
90
10
20
24
19
114
427
38
568
154
213
25
100 to 200
150
275
11
25
32
19
114
476
51
625
181
244
29
250 to 400
450
820
16
25
32
19
114
572
51
721
181
330
29
450 to 600
900
1,635
29
32
35
19
168
575
76
733
206
292
38
--
1,350
2,455
36
38
40
19
168
651
76
819
232
343
52
--
1,800
3,275
43
38
40
19
168
702
76
819
232
394
52
preload
and spring
scale,
lbs
Max.
force,
kg
weight
(approx.)
each,
lbs
rod
size
50
90
10
20
165
673
154
213
25
FIG. 555
sway
brace
size
for pipe
size
eye, H
diameter
of hole
thickness
25
19
rod
takeout
50 to 65
100 to 200
150
275
12
25
27
19
114
608
183
741
181
244
29
250 to 400
450
820
17
25
27
19
114
686
175
835
181
330
29
450 to 600
900
1,635
30
32
38
19
168
714
216
873
206
292
38
--
1,350
2,455
37
38
44
19
168
803
229
972
232
343
52
--
1,800
3,275
45
38
44
19
168
854
229
1,022
232
394
52
81
114
532
F5505551.SAM-11/23/94
FIG. 550A
FIG. 555 A
recommended when W dimension is 610mm or less
recommended when W dimension is 610mm or less
FIG. 550 B
FIG. 555 B
recommended when W dimension is more than 610mm.
recommended when W dimension is more than 610mm.
nominal pipe size
sway brace size
distance
center of pipe to outside
stud of pipe clamp
50
130
65
137
1
80
151
90
157
100
165
125
178
2
150
217
200
243
250
270
300
295
3
350
322
400
348
450
373
4
500
403
600
454
Dimensions for assemblies for larger pipe sizes available on application.
82
F550-5552.SAM-11/23/94
FIG. 2100
HYDRAULIC SHOCK & SWAY SUPPRESSOR
APPLICATION:
For use on piping systems or equipment when unrestrained thermal

movement must be allowed, but which must be restrained during impulsive
or cyclic disturbance. The unit is not effective against low amplitude, high
frequency movement. Preferred usage, with standard settings, to prevent
destructive results due to earthquakes, flow transients, or wind load. Special
settings are available to absorb the continuous thrust resulting from safety valve
blow-off or pipe rupture. For the most effective operation of the unit, please
specify the mounting position, vertical or horizontal.
SIZE RANGE:
PTP offers seven sizes with cylinder bores of 40 mm to 200 mm. These units have a
normal load range of 1,365 kg to 50,000 kg. All are made to include reservoirs
in 150, 250, 375, or 500 mm strokes, except the 40 mm size. The 40 mm size is
offered only in 150 & 250 mm strokes only. Snubbers, as they are sometime referred
to, are available with remote reservoirs.
ORDERING:
Please specify figure no., cylinder size, stroke, load, cold and hot piston settings,
and piston end option. If clamp is required, please specify nominal pipe size, or
special O.D. and clamp material. Please specify or describe any additional optional
features or special settings required.
DIMENSIONS
CYLINDER
SIZE
A
B
40
51
41
65
64
57
80
83
76
100
102
95
125
127
114
150
146
140
200
184
152
* Add cold piston setting for cylinder install length.
CYLINDER SIZE
mm
40(125 STROKE)
40(250 STROKE)
65
80
100
125
150
200
*C
241+ STROKE
276+STROKE
321+STROKE
368+STROKE
406+STROKE
473+STROKE
606+STROKE
MAX. RECOM.
NORMAL LOAD kg*
1,365
570
5,680
9,545
14,545
22,725
32,725
58,180
*Loads must not be applied outside a 10

included angle cone of action to the pipe
clamp axis w/o special authorization.
83
FIG2100.WK4-11/29/94
MSA 1/4-
MSA-100
MECHANICAL SNUBBER ASSEMBLIES
APPLICATION: The MSA series is a velocity limiting mechanical snubber designed to

protect critical plant components by preventing shock forces from
causing damaging motions in piping and related systems during seismic
disturbances or other transient forces. The mechanical snubber controls
damaging motions by becoming a load-carrying member between the
piping and the structural member in the event of an abnormal motion or
disturbance. Otherwise, during normal thermal motion and operation it
telescopes freely in either direction through its normal operating stroke.
COMPLETE MECHANICAL SNUBBER ASSEMBLIES
PTP CARRIES A LARGE INVENTORY OF MECHANICAL SNUBBERS.
SHOCK
ARRESTOR
SIZE
NUMBER
MSA - 1/4
MSA - 1/2
MSA - 1
MSA - 3
MSA - 10
MSA - 35
MSA - 100
SHOCK
ARRESTOR
SIZE
NUMBER
MSA - 1/4
MSA - 1/2
MSA - 1
MSA - 3
MSA - 10
MSA - 35
MSA - 100
A
PIN
DIAMETER
10
10
12
20
25
38
65
MECHANICAL SNUBBER SIZING

LOAD
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
C TO C
C TO C
WITH
ADJUSTMENT
160
295
680
2725
6820
22725
54545
491
435
616
762
879
1248
1600
1422
1422
2083
2489
3099
6274
6528
MAXIMUM
STROKE
(MM)
102
64
102
127
152
152
152
MECHANICAL SNUBBER DATA

B
REAR BRACKET
PIPE SIZE
25 SCH. 40
25 SCH. 40
32 SCH. 40
40 SCH. 40
50 SCH. 80
100 SCH. 80
150 SCH. 120
BASEPLATE
84
51
51
76
89
114
178
241
25
25
38
57
76
146
241
TAKE OUT
38
38
51
64
81
133
203
MSA-1.WK4-11/21/94
SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLIES

MATERIAL
Carbon steel, except for load pin, which is stainless steel.
SPECIFICATIONS
Manufacturers Standardization Society SP-58,
Manufacturers Standardization Society SP-69,
ANSI Code for Pressure Piping ANSI B31.1 and ANSI B31.3
RECOMMENDED SERVICE
Used to restrain movement of piping in one direction while providing for movement due to thermal expansion or
contraction in another direction.
FEATURES
Effective under either tensile or compressive force.
Provides 2 to 4 inches of field adjustment in either direction.
Spherical, self-aligning ball bushing at both ends of the strut allows for plus or minus 5 degrees of angular
motion or misalignment. Bushings are coated with a dry lubricant.
Can be installed in any spatial orientation.
Positive control of piping systems are allowed by tight-fitting connections.
Finished with standard primer paint or hot dip galvanizing for corrosive conditions.
HOW TO SIZE
1. Select size consistent with maximum load to be restrained.
2. Determine the distance from structural steel to center of pipe and subtract from it the pipe clamp takeout and the rear bracket (dimension A) for size selected. This will give the required C-to-C dimension.
Make sure that the C-to-C dimension listed for the size selected is within the specified minimum and maximum.
3. Determine the W dimension by subtracting the quantity (2 x dimension F) from the C-to-C dimension.
ORDERING
Specify figure number, assembly size, name, C-to-C dimension and option number (if other than standard configuration is required) or nominal pipe size or special O.D. The rear bracket assembly may be ordered separately.
INSTALLATION
Sway strut assemblies are shipped assembled. Securely fasten bracket to structure. Attach strut rod to end bracket, make necessary adjustment in overall length, and fasten clamp to pipe. This assembly is locked by tightening
the hex nuts against the extension piece.
NOTE
Rods should be visible in the sight holes at each end of the strut to assure proper thread engagement. Special
lengths are available upon request.
85
SWAY STRUT WITH 100 mm OF ADJUSTMENTT
FIG. 2110
SIZE
LOAD
kg
ROD
END
EXT. PIECE
PIPE SIZE
295
19
680
25
2045
25
3635
32
5285
38
7135
44
9410
51
12365
57
15225
64
31000
76
25
SCH.80
40
SCH.40
50
SCH.40
50
SCH.40
65
SCH.160
65
SCH.160
80
SCH.160
80
SCH.160
100
SCH.160
100
SCH.160
C--C
Min.
Max.
W
Min.
D1
25
425
1524
235
95
73
32
16
16
54
495
2743
248
124
127
92
13
35
35
54
495
3048
248
124
127
92
13
35
35
64
540
3048
279
130
114
76
19
38
35
64
556
3048
279
138
114
76
19
38
35
83
610
3048
279
165
137
90
25
51
43
83
673
3048
324
175
137
90
25
51
43
102
718
3048
324
197
156
108
32
64
51
127
762
3048
324
213
200
137
44
76
60
146
883
3048
375
254
232
159
51
89
70
9
9
19
19
19
19
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
38
38
44
44
51
51
* Loads must not be applied outside a 10 degree included angle to the pipe clamp axis.
86
sway2110.wk4-11/14/94
SWAY STRUT WITH 50 mm ADJUSTMENT
FIG. 2120
ROD
EXT. PIECE
SIZE
WELD
END
PIPE SIZE
Min.
Max.
Min.
D1
19
25
305
1524
140
68
73
32
16
16
25
54
368
2438
152
94
127
92
13
35
35
25
54
368
2438
152
94
127
92
13
35
35
32
64
422
2438
165
105
114
76
19
38
35
38
64
429
2438
178
108
114
76
19
38
35
44
83
467
2438
191
127
137
90
25
51
43
10
51
83
521
2438
203
133
137
90
25
51
43
10
57
102
559
2438
216
152
156
108
32
64
51
10
64
127
603
2438
229
175
200
137
44
76
60
16
76
25
SCH.80
40
SCH.40
50
SCH.40
50
SCH.160
65
SCH.160
65
SCH.160
80
SCH.160
80
SCH.160
100
SCH.160
100
SCH.160
146
711
2438
254
203
232
159
51
89
70
9
9
19
19
19
19
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
38
38
44
44
51
51
* Loads same as Fig. 2110
C--C
sway2120.wk4-11/1/4/94
87
THREE-BOLT CLAMP FOR A SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY
E-TAKEOUT FOR FIG'S 2110 & 2120 SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLIES

PIPE
SIZE
20
62
25
65
32
68
40
105
50
130
129
162
162
162
65
137
165
178
191
80
151
178
178
100
165
178
125
178
150
191
206
206
191
191
206
206
184
184
184
213
213
178
197
197
197
232
232
217
217
235
235
235
254
254
279
200
243
243
257
257
257
286
286
305
250
265
265
289
289
289
324
324
362
381
381
300
291
319
319
319
352
352
381
400
400
350
322
343
343
343
368
368
381
419
419
400
348
378
378
378
387
387
406
445
445
450
373
394
387
413
425
425
425
470
470
500
403
403
419
438
438
600
454
454
491
491
491
508
559
559
572
750
594
594
603
603
616
616
635
667
667
900
730
730
730
730
781
781
832
832
832
88
swayedim.sam-11/14/94
7
6
8
1. HYDRAULIC SNUBBERS TO
PROTECT SYSTEM FROM SUDDEN
MOVEMENT
2. HYDRAULIC SNUBBERS TO LIMIT
ACCELERATION IN PIPING
SYSTEMS
3. SUPPORTS READY FOR
INSPECTION
4. SPRING SUPPORTS FOR PIPING
JOBS
5. HYDRAULIC SNUBBER ASSEMBLIES
6. RECONDITIONED CONSTANTS
7. TENSION SPRINGS BEING
PREPARED TO SUPPORT FURNACE
TUBES
8. SPECIALLY DESIGNED TYPE F
VARIABLE SPRINGS TO SUPPORT
SKID MOUNTED PUMPS
89
7
6
1. TRUCKLOAD OF PIPE HANGERS

BEING SHIPPED TO A POWER
PLANT
2. VARIABLE SPRING FABRICATION
DEPARTMENT
3. BALL/STRUT JOINTS FOR WIND
AND VIBRATION
4. VARIABLE SPRINGS TAGGED FOR
SHIPMENT
5. FLANGED BALL/STRUT JOINTS
6. 624 mm SHOE FOR ALL-AMERICAN
PIPELINE
7. CORROSION TESTING
8. SPECIALLY LINED PIPE SHOES
90
SUPPORT
ASSEMBLY
COMPONENTS
HOLD-DOWN CLAMP FOR VIBRATION IN
PIPING SYSTEMS
SPECIALLY FORMED & GUSSETED 2100 mm DIA. C.S. CLAMPS
91
SU-ASSY.SAM-11/21/94
SUPPORT COMPONENT SECTION

DESCRIPTION
PAGE
Fig. 50: Light Two-Bolt Pipe Clamp ...............................................................................................96

Fig. 60: Heavy Two-Bolt Pipe Clamp.............................................................................................97
Fig. 70: Double Bolt Pipe Clamp CS .........................................................................................98
Fig. 70A: Double Bolt Pipe Clamp Alloy....................................................................................99
Fig. 80: Heavy Duty Double Bolt Pipe Clamp ................................................................................100
Fig. 90: Riser Clamp......................................................................................................................101
Fig. 190: Fabricated Riser Clamp..................................................................................................102
Chart C for Clamp Design .............................................................................................................103
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Fig. 2: Adjustable Band Hanger ....................................................................................................104
Fig. 42: Yoke U-Bolt, Standard .....................................................................................................105
Fig. 43: Yoke U-Bolt, Heavy Duty .................................................................................................105
Fig. 83: Adjustable Clevis Hanger.................................................................................................106
Fig. 89: Clevis Hanger for Insulated Lines ....................................................................................107
Fig. 195: Roller Hanger.................................................................................................................108
Fig. 200: Trapeze Roller Hanger...................................................................................................109
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Fig. 20: Welded Beam Attachment ...............................................................................................110
Fig. 72: Welding Lug.....................................................................................................................111
Fig. 73: Concrete Clevis Plate ......................................................................................................112
Fig. 74: Concrete Single Lug Plate ...............................................................................................112
Fig. 75: Channel Assembly ...........................................................................................................113
Fig. 130: Beam Clamp ..................................................................................................................114
Fig. 135: Malleable Beam Clamp..................................................................................................115
Fig. 140: Heavy Duty Beam Clamp...............................................................................................115
Fig. 270: Horizontal Travelers.......................................................................................................116
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Fig. 30: Turnbuckle.......................................................................................................................117
Fig. 40: Weldless Eye Nut ............................................................................................................117
Fig. 92: Steel Washer Plate..........................................................................................................118
Fig. 95: Forged Steel Clevis .........................................................................................................119
Fig. 100: Long Tangent U-Bolt .....................................................................................................119
Fig. 110: Welded Eye Rod............................................................................................................120
Fig. 120: Eye Rod, Not Welded ....................................................................................................120
Fig. 122: All-Threaded Eye Rod ...................................................................................................121
Fig. 126: Welded Linked Eye Rod ................................................................................................121
Fig. 127: Linked Eye Rod .............................................................................................................121
Fig. 128: Hanger Rod, Thread Both Ends R.H. ............................................................................122
Fig. 129: Hanger Rod, Thread One End R.H., One End L.H........................................................122
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Fig. 46: Adjustable Pipe Saddle Support .....................................................................................123
Fig. 48: Pipe Saddle Support with U-Bolt.....................................................................................124
Fig. 183: Insulation Protection Shield...........................................................................................125
Fig. 184: Pipe Covering Saddle for 25mm Insulation...................................................................126
Fig. 185: Pipe Covering Saddle for 38mm Insulation ..................................................................126
Fig. 187: Pipe Covering Saddle for 65mm Insulation ..................................................................127
Fig. 189: Pipe Covering Saddle for 100mm Insulation.................................................................127
Fig. 210: Roller Chair ...................................................................................................................128
Fig. 215: Adjustable Pipe Roll Support ........................................................................................128
Fig. 230: Roller Stand ..................................................................................................................129
Fig. 240: Adjustable Roller Stand.................................................................................................130
Fig. 260: Adjustable Elbow Support .............................................................................................131
Fig. HD1: Anchor Type Hold-Down for Pipe Line.........................................................................132
Fig. HD2: Hold-Down for Lateral Restraint...................................................................................133
Fig. HD3: Arrestor Type Hold-Down ............................................................................................134
92
Light Two-Bolt Pipe Clamp
Heavy Two-Bolt Pipe Clamp
Fig. 60
Double Bolt Pipe Clamp

CS or Alloy
Heavy Duty Double Bolt Pipe Clamp
Fig. 50
Pg. 96
Pg. 97
Fig. 70
Pg. 100
Fig. 80
Pg. 98
Riser Clamp
Fabricated Riser Clamp
Adjustable Band Hanger
Fig. 90
Fig. 190
Fig. 2
Pg. 101
Pg. 102
Pg. 104
Yoke U-Bolt, Standard
Fig. 42
Pg. 105
Yoke U-Bolt, Heavy Duty
Adjustable Clevis Hanger
Clevis Hanger for Insulated Lines Roller Hanger
Fig. 43
Fig. 83
Fig. 89
Pg. 105
Pg. 106
Pg. 107
Fig. 195
Pg. 108
Trapeze Roller Hanger
Welded Beam Attachment
Welding Lug
Concrete Clevis Plate
Fig. 200
Fig. 20
Fig. 72
Fig. 73
Pg. 109
Pg. 110
Pg. 111
Pg. 112
Concrete Single Lug Plate
Channel Assembly
Beam Clamp
Malleable Beam Clamp
Fig. 74
Fig. 75
Fig. 130
Fig. 135
Pg. 112
Pg. 113
Pg. 114
Pg. 115
Heavy Duty Beam Clamp
Horizontal Travelers
Turnbuckle
Weldless Eye Nut
Fig. 140
Fig. 270
Fig. 30
Fig. 40
Pg. 115
Pg. 116
Pg. 117
Pg. 117
Steel Washer Plate
Forged Steel Clevis
Long Tangent U-Bolt
Welded Eye Rod
Fig. 92
Fig. 95
Fig. 100
Fig. 110
Pg. 118
Pg. 119
Pg. 119
93
Pg. 120
PICT.SAM-12/1/94
Eye Rod, Not Welded
All Threaded Rod
Welded Linked Eye Rod
Linked Eye Rod
Fig. 120
Fig. 122
Fig. 126
Fig. 127
Pg. 120
Pg. 121
Pg. 121
Pg. 121
Hanger Rod,
Thread both ends R.H.
Hanger Rod,
Thread one end R.H.,
Adjustable Pipe Saddle Support
Pipe Saddle Support with U-Bolt
Fig. 46
Fig. 48
Fig. 128
Thread one end L.H.
Pg. 123
Pg. 124
Pg. 122
Fig. 129
Pg. 122
Insulation Protection Shield
Fig. 183
Pipe Covering Saddle

for 25mm -- 100mm insulation
Pg. 125
Fig. 184-189
Roller Chair
Adjustable Pipe Roll Support
Fig. 210
Fig. 215
Pg.128
Pg. 128
Pg. 126
Roller Stand
Adjustable Roller Stand
Fig. 230
Fig. 240
Adjustable Elbow Support
Fig. 260
Pg. 129
Pg. 130
Pg. 131
Anchor Type Hold-Down for Pipe Line
Hold-Down for Lateral Restraint
Arrestor Type Hold-Down
Fig. HD1
Fig. HD2
Fig. HD3
Pg. 132
Pg. 133
Pg. 134
94
PICT.SAM-12/1/94
SUPPORT COMPONENTS
Piping Technology & Products, Inc. maintains an extensive inventory of components required for pipe hanger and
support assemblies. Most of these are industry standards which have been used by piping designers for many
years. One of the value-added services we provide is assembly and tagging of units before shipping so field crews
can install them with minimal effort. Since we work with these materials daily, it is easier for us to do assemblies
and verify components and dimensions than it is for a field crew, for whom installing pipe supports is only one of
many tasks to be performed in a given work day.
Many assemblies are attached to the pipe with clamps. Our inventories include all types of clamps made from carbon steel with galvanized and black finishes. We can fabricate clamps from alloy steels for high-temperature applications in which standard clamps are not adequate. When ordering your clamps, please add an A to the figure
number of any items that you wish to be fabricated from our special alloy material. We have included a chart to
help in the specification of special clamps for high-temperatures and heavy loads.
To compensate for pipe movement, a designer may choose from a variety of clevis hangers, roller hangers, and
adjustable bands to support the pipe. These are linked to the supporting structure with rods and other hardware
components. Beam attachments and other accessories are attached to the supporting structure to complete the
assembly. All of these components must be strong enough to support the loads in the environment where they are
installed. Galvanized components are often used to resist corrosion.
Saddle coverings are used with insulated pipes in order to provide protection to the insulation at points of support.
Roller stands, elbow supports, and other items can be supplied in adjustable models which allow field crews to
make easy installations.
Hold-downs are special clamping supports used on pipes which are subject to large vibrations and stresses, such
as those near compressors. The hold-downs dampen these forces by transferring them to the supporting structure, and thus protect the piping system.
95
FIG. 50
LIGHT TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP
SIZE RANGE: 15 mm thru 900 mm

MATERIAL:
FINISH:
Carbon steel
Black or galvanized; furnished black
unless otherwise specified.
SERVICE:
Recommended for suspension of

cold pipe lines or hot lines where
little or no insulation is required.
MAX. TEMP.: 400 C

ORDERING:
Specify pipe size, figure number,

name and finish.
PIPE
MAX. RECOM.
SIZE
LOAD, kg.
STOCK SIZE
B
APPROX.
H
@ 343 C @ 400 C
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
750
900
225
225
225
225
365
475
475
475
475
475
475
735
735
1130
1130
1130
1130
1390
1390
1390
1590
1820
200
200
200
200
325
425
425
425
425
425
425
655
655
1010
1010
1010
1010
1240
1240
1240
1525
1625
WEIGHT
kg. per each
25
29
29
37
40
54
64
71
79
87
102
124
152
186
210
229
254
292
318
381
464
572
13
13
13
13
13
13
16
16
16
19
19
22
25
25
25
29
29
32
35
41
51
64
39
42
71
50
55
70
83
90
97
111
125
149
178
217
243
270
295
330
359
429
540
648
96
25
29
35
37
41
54
67
75
81
92
106
127
156
189
214
235
260
295
324
387
483
584
8
8
8
8
8
13
13
13
13
16
16
19
19
22
22
22
10
25
29
32
44
51
3 x 25
3 x 25
3 x 25
3 x 25
6 x 25
6 x 25
6 x 25
6 x 25
6 x 25
6 x 30
6 x 30
10 x 40
10 x 40
12 x 50
12 x 50
12 x 65
12 x 65
16 x 65
16 x 65
16 x 75
20 x 100
25 x 125
39
42
42
50
53
70
79
87
95
106
121
146
175
214
238
264
289
327
352
422
524
635
0.13
0.15
0.16
0.17
0.20
0.50
0.55
0.64
0.68
1.0
1.2
2.5
3.0
6.2
6.9
9.3
10.1
14.4
16.3
24.1
51.8
99.5
H050.WK4-11/18/9
FIG. 60
HEAVY TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP
SIZE RANGE:
75 mm thru 900 mm
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
Black or galvanized; furnished galvanized

SERVICE:
Recommended for suspension of cold or hot

pipe lines with heavy load having little or no
insulation.
MAX. TEMP.:
400 C
ORDERING:
Specify pipe size, figure number, name and

finish.
PIPE
MAX. RECOM.
SIZE
LOAD, kg
STOCK SIZE
B
APPROX.
H
WEIGHT
kg. per ea
@ 343 C
@ 400 C
80
1530
1365
75
25
102
79
19
8 x 50
97
16
1.6
90
1530
1365
83
25
108
86
19
8 x 50
97
16
1.8
100
1600
1425
90
25
124
95
22
10 x 50
119
16
2.5
125
1600
1425
105
25
140
111
22
10 x 50
133
16
2.9
150
2210
1975
127
29
168
133
25
12 x 65
162
22
5.3
200
2210
1975
156
29
194
159
25
12 x 65
191
22
6.3
250
2730
2435
192
32
230
195
32
16 x 65
227
22
10.1
300
3945
3520
229
41
276
235
38
20 x 75
270
22
17.3
350
4145
3700
248
41
302
254
38
20 x 90
295
22
21.3
400
4145
3700
273
41
327
279
38
20 x 90
321
22
23.4
450
6275
5595
368
76
438
368
51
20 x 150
438
76
59.1
500
6955
6200
406
76
476
406
51
25 x 125
476
76
74.4
600
7410
6605
470
83
546
470
57
25 x 150
546
83
97.7
700
8180
7300
521
83
597
521
57
32 x 180
597
83
137.7
750
9320
8310
572
89
660
572
64
32 x 200
660
89
166.1
800
10795
9625
597
89
686
597
64
38 x 200
686
89
196.4
850
11365
10135
635
89
724
635
64
38 x 200
724
89
242.7
900
12725
11350
673
89
768
673
70
38 x 200
857
89
261.4
97
H060.WK4-11-18-94
FIG. 70
LIGHT THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP
SIZE RANGE:
15 mm thru 900 mm
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
Black or galvanized; furnished black unless

otherwise specified.
SERVICE:
Recommended for suspension of cold or hot pipe

lines where little or no insulation is required.
MAX. TEMP.:
400 C
ORDERING:
Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish.
PIPE
MAX. RECOM.
SIZE
LOAD, kg
APPROX.
B
WEIGHT
kg. per each
@ 343 C
@ 400 C
15
430
385
24
73
62
10
5 x 25
35
0.3
20
430
385
24
16
73
62
10
5 x 25
35
0.3
25
430
385
27
16
76
65
10
5 x 25
38
0.3
32
430
385
32
16
79
68
10
5 x 25
43
0.4
40
700
625
46
27
124
105
16
6 x 30
60
1.0
50
700
625
54
27
149
130
16
6 x 30
68
1.2
65
700
625
59
27
156
137
16
6 x 30
75
1.2
80
700
625
70
27
170
151
16
6 x 30
89
1.4
100
1135
1015
86
27
194
165
19
8 x 50
114
3.0
125
1135
1015
100
27
206
178
19
8 x 50
127
3.2
150
1300
1160
121
37
246
217
22
10 x 65
156
5.2
200
1300
1160
146
37
271
243
22
10 x 65
181
6.0
250
1475
1315
175
37
305
265
25
12 x 65
210
9.0
300
1475
1315
200
37
330
291
25
12 x 65
235
10.1
350
1955
1745
230
51
364
322
32
16 x 75
271
17.1
400
1955
1745
256
51
389
348
32
16 x 75
297
18.8
450
1955
1745
281
51
414
373
32
16 x 75
322
20.4
500
2495
2225
314
51
448
403
38
16 x 75
356
26.0
600
2045
1825
365
51
498
454
38
16 x 75
406
30.0
700
2725
2425
445
57
616
552
38
20 x 100
508
51.0
750
3410
3035
470
64
664
594
38
20 x 125
540
68.2
900
4775
4250
572
76
819
730
44
25 x 125
660
98
117.0
H070.WK4-11-18-94
FIG. 70A
ALLOY LIGHT THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP
SIZE RANGE:
15 mm thru 900 mm
MATERIAL:
Chrome molybdenum steel (ASTM A387)
FINISH:
Black
SERVICE:
Recommended for suspension of hot pipe

lines requiring up to 100 mm of insulation.
MAX. TEMP.:
565 C
ORDERING:
Specify pipe size, figure number, name.
PIPE
MAX. RECOM.
SIZE
APPROX.
LOAD, kg
WEIGHT
kg per each
@ 400 C
@ 538 C
@ 565 C
15
390
275
205
24
73
62
10
5 x 25
35
0.3
20
390
275
205
24
16
73
62
10
5 x 25
35
0.3
25
390
275
205
27
16
76
65
10
5 x 25
38
0.3
32
390
275
205
32
16
79
68
10
5 x 25
43
0.4
40
640
455
340
46
27
124
105
16
6 x 30
60
1.0
50
640
455
340
54
27
149
130
16
6 x 30
68
1.2
65
640
455
340
59
27
156
137
16
6 x 30
75
1.2
80
640
455
340
70
27
170
151
16
6 x 30
89
1.4
100
1040
740
545
86
27
194
165
19
8 x 50
114
3.0
125
1040
740
545
100
27
206
178
19
8 x 50
127
3.2
150
1190
845
625
121
37
246
217
22
10 x 65
156
5.2
200
1190
845
625
146
37
271
243
22
10 x 65
181
6.0
250
1350
955
710
175
37
305
265
25
12 x 65
210
9.0
300
1350
950
705
200
37
330
291
25
12 x 65
235
10.1
350
1780
1270
935
230
51
364
322
32
16 x 75
271
17.1
400
1780
1270
935
256
51
389
348
32
16 x 75
297
18.8
450
1780
1270
935
281
51
414
373
32
16 x 75
322
20.4
500
2270
1615
1200
314
51
448
403
38
20 x 75
356
26.0
600
1860
1325
980
365
51
498
454
38
20 x 75
406
30.0
700
2490
1770
1320
445
57
616
552
38
20 x 100
508
51.0
750
3115
2210
1650
470
64
664
594
38
20 x 125
540
68.2
900
4355
3090
2305
572
76
819
730
44
25 x 125
660
117.0
99
H070.WK4-12/7/94
FIG. 80
SIZE RANGE:
MATERIAL:
FINISH:
HEAVY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP

40 mm thru 900 mm
Carbon steel
Black or galvanized; furnished

black unless otherwise specified.
SERVICE:
Recommended for suspension of

cold or hot pipe lines where
little or no insulation is required.
MAX. TEMP.:
ORDERING:
400 C
Specify pipe size, figure number,

name and finish.
PIPE
MAX. RECOM.
SIZE
LOAD, kg
APPROX.
B
WEIGHT
kg. per each
@ 343 C
@ 400 C
40
---
---
54
25
148
127
19
10 x 50
79
2.5
50
---
---
76
25
154
129
19
10 x 50
102
2.6
80
---
---
92
38
203
165
19
10 x 50
130
3.4
100
---
1420
114
44
229
178
22
10 x 65
165
4.9
150
1590
1420
121
44
259
227
25
10 x 65
152
5.5
200
2180
1950
152
51
289
257
29
12 x 65
184
8.4
250
2500
2230
184
57
333
289
32
12 x 90
229
13.8
300
3180
2840
219
64
364
319
35
16 x 90
264
19.1
350
4320
3855
244
64
394
343
38
20 x 100
295
27.3
400
4545
4060
276
76
435
378
44
20 x 115
333
36.4
450
6275
5600
318
89
464
413
51
25 x 100
368
52.3
500
6955
6210
343
89
502
438
51
25 x 125
406
63.6
600
7410
6615
394
89
567
491
51
25 x 150
470
86.4
700
8180
7300
479
102
806
692
57
25 x 175
594
160.9
750
9320
8310
505
108
832
718
57
25 x 200
619
184.5
900
12725
11350
625
114
1022
832
70
38 x 200
765
308.2
100
H090.WK4-11-18-94
FIG. 90
RISER CLAMP
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
Black or galvanized; furnished galvanized unless otherwise specified.
SERVICE:
For support and steadying of steel

pipe risers either insulated or bare,
cast iron pipe, or conduit.
MAX. TEMP.: 343 C

PIPE
MAX. RECOM.
SIZE
LOAD
kg
APPROX.
WEIGHT
kg. per 100
LENGTH
STOCK
SIZE
BOLT
SIZE
15
115
56
238
5 x 30
10 x 40
20
115
62
238
5 x 30
10 x 40
25
115
63
244
5 x 30
10 x 40
32
115
89
254
6 x 30
10 x 40
40
115
91
264
6 x 30
10 x 40
50
115
99
273
6 x 30
10 x 50
65
175
104
286
6 x 30
10 x 50
80
240
114
305
6 x 30
10 x 50
90
305
150
330
6 x 40
12 x 50
100
370
155
343
6 x 40
12 x 50
125
525
224
368
6 x 50
12 x 50
150
715
239
394
6 x 50
12 x 50
200
1135
448
470
10 x 50
16 x 65
250
1135
505
527
10 x 50
16 x 65
300
1225
755
578
12 x 50
16 x 75
350
1225
875
610
12 x 50
16 x 75
400
1320
1477
660
16 x 65
20 x 90
450
1320
1534
711
16 x 65
20 x 90
500
1320
1591
762
16 x 65
20 x 90
600
1320
2305
914
16 x 75
22 x 90
101
H090.WK4-11/28/94
FIG. 190
SERVICE:
PIPE CLAMP
METHODS OF SELECTION:
In situations where the use of a welded lug attachment would create

an undesirable crushing effect on the pipe wall, this clamp can
1. Determine total load to be supported and service
transfer the load from the pipe wall to the riser clamp by means of
temperature of the piping system.
hold-down lugs welded to the pipe.
2. Refer to "CHART A" and determine the temperature
Clamps may be furnished in either Carbon or Alloy steel with bolting
correction factor for the clamp material being used.
to suit, using an allowable stress of 10,000 psi. Temperature

correction factors listed in "CHART A" are based on allowable
3. Multiply total load by the correction factor to obtain a
stresses listed in MSS-SP-58.
4. Refer to "CHART C" and locate the point determined
corrected load.
by the intersection of the total load coordinate and the
ORDERING:
Specify pipe O.D., total load, design temperature, and dimension "D"
pipe size curve. Project this point horizontally until it
OR center to center of hanger rods, and material.
intersects with the "D" dimension coordinate. Directly

above this point is the required stock size.
Pipe clamp can be fabricated to any specified material.
NOTE:
5. The bolt diameter is obtained by using the uncorrected

total load and referring to "CHART B".
CHART A - STRESS-TEMPERATURE CORRECTION FACTORS

Material Specification
DESIGN TEMPERATURE C
ASTM
GRADE
343
370
400
425
450
480
510
535
565
593
620
650
A 36
0.80
0.83
0.89
1.06
A . 387
11
0.66
0.66
0.66
0.66
0.69
0.76
0.91
1.53
A . 387
22
0.66
0.66
0.66
0.66
0.69
0.76
0.91
1.28
1.72
2.38
A . 240
304
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00
1.02
1.02
1.11
1.21
1.45
1.81
CHART B - CLAMP SPACING AND BOLT SIZES

Uncorrected Total Load
kg
1,545
2,136
2,818
3,636
4,545
5,455
7,273
8,636
11,364
14,545
18,182
25,000
30,455
37,273
43,636
53,636
61,364
70,000
BOLT - B
16
20
22
25
28
32
35
38
44
50
58
65
70
75
83
90
95
100
BOLT - C
19
22
25
25
28
35
38
44
50
50
58
65
70
75
75
SPACE - S
22
25
32
38
38
44
48
57
57
64
76
83
89
102
102
108
114
121
102
H190.WK4-12/7/94
CHART C
n
FIG. 2
ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGER
Adjustable Band hanger is formed in one piece.

ADJUSTMENT: This hanger provides for a vertical adjustment of 25 to 50 mm with the pipe and hanger in position.
FINISH:
ORDERING:
A temporary support is not required while adjustment is being made.

Hangers can be furnished galvanized. Specify when ordering.
Order by pipe size, figure number and name.
PIPE
clamp wt MAX. RECOM.
SIZE
approx kg
LOAD, kg
15
10
46
59
64
29
4.5
280
20
10
52
67
64
33
6.4
280
25
10
56
73
64
37
6.8
280
32
10
65
87
64
46
8.2
280
40
10
70
94
64
49
10.5
280
50
10
76
106
64
56
10.9
280
65
12
98
135
89
76
15.9
440
80
12
108
152
89
84
16.4
440
90
12
114
165
89
90
16.8
440
100
16
124
181
102
97
38.2
570
125
16
144
214
102
117
42.3
570
150
20
162
246
114
132
77.7
725
200
22
192
302
114
157
123.2
820
250
22
219
360
114
157
145.0
820
300
22
244
413
114
157
217.3
104
820
H002.WK4-11/21/94
YOKE U-BOLT
MATERIAL:
Yoke, load bolt and load distribution

strap is chrome molybdenum steel.
U-Bolt is stainless steel.
SERVICE:
Recommended for suspension of high

temperature piping requiring 100 to 150
mm of insulation.
MAX. TEMP.:
593 Deg. C
NOTE:
Strap provided on Fig. 43 only.
FIG. 42
PIPE
SIZE
STANDARD
MAX. RECOM. LOAD (kg)
B
APPROX.
WEIGHT
kg per 100
@ 510C
@ 565C
@ 593C
219 - 275
4320
4135
4000
241
51
102
349
38
22
368
2227
276 - 325
4320
4135
4000
267
51
102
375
38
22
419
2455
327 - 359
4320
4135
4000
286
51
102
394
38
22
457
2682
360 - 410
5680
5455
5225
330
57
127
425
44
25
533
4727
411 - 460
5680
5455
5225
356
57
127
451
44
25
584
5136
462 - 514
5680
5455
5225
381
57
127
476
44
25
635
5682
516 - 565
7045
6820
6590
419
57
127
508
51
29
711
7364
567 - 616
7045
6820
6590
445
57
127
533
51
29
762
8000
618 - 667
7045
6820
6590
470
57
127
559
51
29
813
8773
668 - 718
9090
8725
8410
508
64
152
603
57
32
876
12455
719 - 768
9090
8725
8410
533
64
152
629
57
32
927
13545
APPROX.
WEIGHT
FIG. 43
PIPE
SIZE
HEAVY DUTY
MAX. RECOM. LOAD (kg.)
B
kg per 100
@ 510C
@ 565C
@ 593C
219 - 275
5680
5455
5225
260
57
127
356
44
25
387
3273
276 - 325
7045
6820
6590
298
57
127
387
51
29
451
4682
327 - 359
7045
6820
6590
318
57
127
406
51
29
489
5000
360 - 410
9090
8725
8410
349
64
152
445
57
32
559
7591
411 - 460
9090
8725
8410
375
64
152
470
57
32
610
8182
462 - 514
10775
10320
9955
406
70
165
508
64
35
673
10364
516 - 565
10775
10320
9955
432
70
165
533
64
35
724
11182
567 - 616
13180
12725
12275
470
76
178
578
70
38
781
14773
618 - 667
13180
12725
12275
495
76
178
603
70
38
832
15455
668 - 718
13180
12725
12275
521
76
178
629
70
38
883
16136
719 - 768
13180
12725
12275
546
76
178
654
70
38
933
16773
914
13180
12725
12275
622
76
178
724
70
38
1099
105
19091
H042-43.WK4-12/7/94
FIG. 83
ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER
SIZE RANGE:
MATERIAL:
FINISH:
SERVICE:
MAX. TEMP.:
FEATURES:
15 mm thru 750 mm
Carbon steel
Black or galvanized: furnished galvanized unless otherwise specified.
Recommended for the suspension of non-insulated, stationary pipe lines.
343 C.
Designed with the yoke on outside of lower U-strap so the yoke cannot slide toward the center of the bolt, thus bending
of the bolt is minimized. Spacer sleeve used for size 416 mm thru 936 mm.
Top yoke, bottom strap, and bolt or stud with nut-assembled.
Hanger load nut ABOVE clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance.
Figure number and size.
COMPONENTS:
INSTALLATION:
ORDER BY:
NOTE:
Punched forming holes may be present on certain

sizes of this clevis hanger. These holes are solely
for the purpose of manufacturing and do not affect
the structural integrity or load carrying capacities
of these hangers.
PIPE
SIZE
MAX.
RECOM.
LOAD, kg
WEIGHT
(APPROX.)
kg per 100
15
275
15
3 x 25
20
275
18
25
275
20
32
275
40
50
SIZE OF STEEL
upper
lower
ADJUSTMENT
F
3 x 25
10
43
54
64
22
11
3 x 25
3 x 25
10
48
62
64
25
13
3 x 25
3 x 25
10
54
71
64
32
16
20
3 x 25
3 x 25
10
65
87
64
44
22
275
25
3 x 25
3 x 25
10
76
102
64
54
27
275
28
3 x 25
3 x 25
10
94
124
64
75
41
65
515
64
5 x 30
5 x 30
13
119
156
76
97
51
10
80
515
69
5 x 30
5 x 30
13
121
167
76
98
44
10
90
515
77
5 x 30
5 x 30
13
125
176
76
103
44
10
100
650
97
6 x 30
5 x 30
16
141
198
89
114
49
10
125
650
111
6 x 30
5 x 30
16
157
229
89
130
44
13
150
880
162
6 x 40
5 x 40
19
176
257
102
143
48
13
200
910
226
6 x 45
5 x 45
22
213
321
108
178
54
16
250
1635
400
10 x 45
6 x 45
22
251
387
114
213
57
19
300
1725
519
10 x 45
6 x 50
22
292
457
114
259
76
19
350
1910
675
12 x 50
6 x 50
25
316
494
133
275
75
22
400
2090
956
12 x 65
6 x 65
25
357
560
152
316
67
25
450
2180
1110
12 x 65
6 x 65
25
394
629
165
354
98
29
500
2180
1939
20 x 75
10 x 75
32
438
695
178
367
102
32
600
2180
2206
20 x 75
10 x 75
32
498
803
191
445
108
32
750
2725
3165
25 x 75
10 x 75
32
613
994
210
556
127
32
900
3507
25 x 75
10 x 75
32
106
689
1173
210
648
140
32
H083.WK4-11/18/94
FIG. 89
CLEVIS HANGER FOR INSULATED LINES
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
Black
FUNCTION:
Equivalent to Figure 83, except bottom has been

lengthened to allow covering without interfering
with the bolt.
APPROVALS:
Conforms to Federal Specification WW-H-171-E,

type 1 and Manufacturers Standardization
Society SP-69, type 1.
COMPONENTS:
Top yoke, bottom strap, and bolt or stud with

nut-assembled.
ORDER BY:
PIPE
SIZE
Figure number and size.
MAX.
RECOM.
APPROX.
WEIGHT
LOAD, kg kg. per 100
SIZE OF STEEL
ADJUST.
upper
lower
15
275
20
3 x 25
3 x 25
10
92
106
64
73
13
51
20
275
23
3 x 25
3 x 25
10
92
108
64
73
13
51
25
275
26
3 x 25
3 x 25
10
102
119
64
83
16
51
32
275
29
3 x 25
3 x 25
10
113
133
64
92
22
51
40
275
33
3 x 25
3 x 25
10
121
146
64
103
27
51
50
275
39
3 x 25
3 x 25
10
189
221
64
165
41
102
65
515
87
5 x 30
5 x 30
13
214
252
76
191
51
10
102
80
515
91
5 x 30
5 x 30
13
219
262
76
192
44
10
102
90
515
95
5 x 30
5 x 30
13
221
273
76
197
44
10
102
100
650
112
6 x 30
5 x 30
16
238
295
89
208
49
10
102
125
650
140
6 x 30
5 x 30
16
251
321
89
222
44
13
102
150
880
153
6 x 40
5 x 40
19
270
356
102
238
48
13
102
200
910
306
6 x 45
5 x 45
22
314
425
108
279
51
16
102
250
1635
501
10 x 45
6 x 45
22
349
487
114
311
54
19
102
300
1725
628
10 x 50
6 x 50
22
384
548
114
346
62
19
102
107
H089.WK4-11/18/94
ROLLER HANGER
FIG. 195
MATERIAL:
Cast iron roll; carbon steel yoke,

roll rod, and hex nuts.
SERVICE:
For suspension of pipe from a single rod

where horizontal movement may occur
because of expansion or contraction.
HOW TO SIZE:
If the roll is to support bare pipe,

select the size directly from the
nominal pipe size (see table below).
NOMINAL
MAX. O.D.
MAX. RECOM.
APPROX.
PIPE SIZE
OF COVERING
LOAD, kg.
WEIGHT / 100
65
76
100
77
13
146
83
49
73
13
5 x 25
43
80
92
140
100
13
162
98
57
79
13
6 x 25
41
90
105
175
115
13
178
111
65
89
13
6 x 32
43
100
119
215
146
16
192
125
71
92
13
6 x 40
41
125
146
310
285
16
232
152
87
114
16
10 x 45
49
150
175
355
421
19
262
181
102
127
19
10 x 50
48
200
229
355
661
22
322
235
130
156
22
10 x 65
51
250
279
440
855
22
383
286
162
184
22
10 x 65
52
300
330
545
1261
22
443
337
189
213
25
12 x 65
57
350
362
545
1779
25
479
368
213
222
29
12 x 65
51
400
413
545
2230
25
529
419
238
246
32
12 x 65
49
450
464
635
2627
29
603
470
265
291
32
12 x 75
68
500
514
725
3452
32
521
295
311
35
16 x 75
64
108
H195.WK4-11/18/94
TRAPEZE ROLLER HANGER
FIG. 200
MATERIAL:
Cast iron roll and sockets; steel roll rod.
SERVICE:
For suspension of pipe from two rods where longitudinal

movement due to expansion or contraction may occur.
ADJUSTMENT:
Adjustment socket permits vertical adjustment at the roll.
HOW TO SIZE:
(1) If the roll is to non-insulated pipe, select the size

directly from nominal pipe size.
(2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle,
see pages 126 - 127 for size of pipe roll.
(3) If roll is to support covered pipe, select the nominal
pipe size (column 1) which corresponds to the outside
diameter of covering and saddle (column 2).
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
MAX. O.D. ADJUSTED MAX. RECOM. APPROX.

OF COVERING SOCKET
SAFE LOAD WEIGHT
No.
kg
per 100
25
51
25 -- 10
275
20
105
76
38
25
19
10
10
27
14
32
64
25 -- 10
275
22
114
86
48
27
19
10
10
32
14
40
70
25 -- 10
275
23
121
92
54
29
19
10
10
35
14
50
83
25 -- 10
275
26
133
105
67
30
19
10
10
41
14
65
95
50 -- 12
300
45
159
124
79
35
22
13
13
49
17
80
114
50 -- 12
320
50
175
140
95
37
22
13
13
57
17
90
127
50 -- 12
340
61
191
156
108
41
25
13
13
65
68
197
159
68
203
168
75
210
171
103
240
205
117
246
172
278
189
284
75 -- 12
100
140
50 -- 12
340
75 -- 12
125
178
50 -- 16
340
75 -- 16
150
210
50 -- 20
485
75 -- 20
100 -- 20
200
250
300
267
324
375
457
13
71
16
148
51
29
16
13
87
16
243
175
59
32
19
13
19
19
21
22
102
16
22
25
75 -- 22
284
344
16
27
100 -- 22
314
351
19
30
125 -- 22
325
357
22
381
392
75 -- 22
392
398
16
27
100 -- 22
418
405
19
30
125 -- 22
432
411
22
666
443
693
449
50 -- 22
75 -- 25
785
1090
125 -- 28
1425
125 -- 32
1805
175 -- 32
514
13
291
150 -- 32
450
25
338
130 -- 28
400
44
202
615
125 -- 25
413
121
19
19
266
50 -- 22
100 -- 25
350
16
125 -- 32
1910
150 -- 32
175 -- 32
723
456
1073
505
1102
511
1400
556
1448
562
1482
568
1532
1580
616
19
303
357
402
225
279
318
71
86
98
38
44
51
22
22
25
13
13
16
25
130
29
162
117
64
29
22
32
213
25
502
413
127
67
32
22
240
138
70
32
22
38
38
29
464
37
35
25
556
29
32
22
362
24
29
189
19
451
24
38
267
25
38
38
1614
622
500
572
200 -- 35
2070
2136
692
616
514
152
76
32
32
295
41
600
673
150 -- 38
2800
3298
727
616
183
92
38
25
356
46
175 -- 38
3348
794
29
49
200 -- 38
3409
803
32
52
225 -- 38
3468
816
38
5768
978
225 -- 48
5905
38
250 -- 48
6091
1013
48
750
826
200 -- 48
3315
109
29
902
768
227
114
44
32
38
44
443
57
62
54
H200.WK4-12/7/94
FIG. 20
WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
ORDERING:
Order by part number and size number corresponding to hanger rod diameter.
Steel attachment for welding to bottom flange or structural members which will accommodate eye rods or lug attachments.
This unit permits rod swing, thereby making it suitable for pipes with horizontal movement.
SIZE
ROD SIZE MAX. RECOM.
BOLT
WEIGHT
NO.
LOAD, kg
SIZE
kg. per 100
10
275
32
73
51
22
50
12 x 65
55
12
515
32
73
51
22
50
16 x 65
59
16
820
32
73
51
22
50
20 x 75
73
20
1230
10
38
79
51
29
65
22 x 90
127
22
1710
10
51
108
76
32
65
24 x 100
177
25
2250
12
51
114
76
38
75
27 x 115
286
28
2830
12
57
121
76
44
75
32 x 115
286
10
32
3630
16
64
127
76
51
100
36 x 125
464
12
38
5280
20
76
165
102
64
125
40 x 150
864
14
45
7120
20
95
197
127
70
125
48 x 175
1102
16
50
9390
20
89
210
127
83
150
57 x 175
1391
18
58
12350
16
89
241
152
89
150
65 x 185
1676
20
65
15200
16
95
248
152
95
150
70 x 195
1784
22
70
18890
16
102
248
146
102
150
75 x 175
1855
24
75
22970
16
102
260
159
102
175
80 x 175
REV. 1 04/12/99
110
2123
F020.WK4-11/21/94
FIG. 72
WELDING LUG
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
SERVICE:
Fig. 72 is used for attaching variable springs and forged clevises to structural members.
ROD
SIZE
MAX. LOAD
kg
12
16
20
22
25
28
32
38
45
50
58
65
70
75
38
38
38
51
51
76
76
76
76
102
114
114
114
127
32
32
32
32
38
38
51
64
64
76
76
102
102
102
64
64
64
64
76
76
102
127
127
152
152
203
203
203
17
21
24
29
32
35
38
44
51
60
67
73
79
86
6
6
10
10
12
12
16
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
515
820
1230
1710
2250
2820
3630
5280
7135
9375
10455
13885
18910
22955
111
H072.WK4-12/2/94
FIG. 73
MATERIAL:
SIZE:
FINISH:
SERVICE:
ORDERING:
CONCRETE CLEVIS PLATE

Carbon steel
Rod sizes 10 mm thru 50 mm
Attachment for concrete ceiling.
Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish.
ROD
SIZE
MAX.
RECOM.
LOAD, kg.
APPROX.
WEIGHT
kg. per ea.
10
275
25
200
250
125
14
10
50
22
31
13
50
12
515
25
200
250
125
14
10
50
22
31
16
50
16
820
25
200
250
125
14
12
50
25
31
19
50
20
1230
25
200
250
125
17
12
50
28
38
22
65
22
1710
25
200
250
125
17
12
75
31
50
25
65
25
2250
50
200
300
150
20
20
75
38
50
13
28
75
17
32
3630
50
200
300
150
23
20
75
50
63
16
34
100
19
38
5280
50
200
300
150
28
25
100
63
75
19
41
125
27
45
7120
50
250
350
175
34
30
125
69
94
19
47
125
43
50
9390
50
250
350
175
34
30
125
81
94
19
56
150
45
FIG. 74
MATERIAL:
SIZE:
FINISH:
CONCRETE LUG PLATE

Carbon steel
Rod sizes 12 mm thru 50 mm.
SERVICE:
Structural attachment for concrete ceiling.

Lug is used in conjuction with Fig. 95
ORDERING:
(Forged Steel Clevis).

Specify rod size, figure no. and finish.
ROD
SIZE
MAX.
RECOM.
LOAD, kg
APPROX.
WEIGHT
kg per ea.
12
515
25
203
254
127
124
14
10
38
32
16
65
16
820
25
203
254
127
124
14
12
38
32
19
65
20
1230
25
203
254
127
122
17
12
38
32
10
22
65
22
1710
25
203
254
127
122
17
20
51
32
10
25
65
10
25
2250
51
203
305
152
146
21
20
51
38
12
29
75
15
32
3630
51
203
305
152
144
24
25
76
51
16
35
100
20
38
5280
51
203
305
152
143
29
25
76
64
20
41
125
21
45
7120
51
203
305
152
143
35
30
76
64
20
48
125
25
50
9375
51
203
305
152
143
35
112
30
102
76
20
57
150
26
H073-074.WK4-12/7/94
FIG. 75
CHANNEL ASSEMBLY
ORDERING:
Order by channel size, rod size, C to C and "E" dimension, and material required.
E = C to C + 2L + W
ROD SIZE
10
12
16
20
22
25
28
32
38
45
50
58
65
70
75
80
90
H HOLE
13
16
19
22
25
32
35
38
44
51
57
64
70
74
83
89
95
14
17
21
24
27
35
38
41
48
57
64
70
76
83
89
95
102
76
76
76
102
102
102
102
127
127
127
127
152
152
152
152
152
178
10
10
12
12
12
12
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
914
1067
1219
1372
1524
SAFE LOAD TABLE

C to C = SPAN IN MM
WEIGHT
NOMINAL
per m
305
356
406
457
508
559
610
660
711
762
SIZE
2 C's
26.9
4.0
3.4
3.0
2.6
2.4
2.2
2.0
1.8
1.6
1.6
1.3
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
35.4
6.9
6.0
5.2
4.6
4.1
3.8
3.4
3.2
3.0
2.8
2.3
2.0
1.7
1.5
1.4
44.0
10.9
9.4
8.2
7.3
6.5
6.0
5.5
5.0
4.7
4.4
3.6
3.1
2.7
2.4
2.2
68.9
18.2
15.6
13.6
12.1
10.9
9.9
9.1
8.4
7.8
7.3
6.0
5.2
4.5
4.0
3.6
75.5
29.5
25.2
22.1
19.6
17.6
16.0
14.7
13.5
12.6
11.7
9.8
8.4
7.3
6.5
5.9
10
100.4
48.7
41.7
36.5
32.5
29.2
26.5
24.3
22.5
20.8
19.5
16.2
13.9
12.1
10.8
9.7
12
135.8
77.7
66.8
58.2
51.8
46.8
42.5
38.9
35.9
33.3
31.1
25.9
22.2
19.5
17.3
15.5
15
222.4
151.4
130.0
113.6
100.9
90.9
82.7
75.9
70.0
65.0
60.5
50.5
43.3
37.9
33.7
30.3
MAXIMUM SAFE LOAD IN TONS
113
H075.WK4-11/21/94
FIG. 130
BEAM CLAMP
MATERIAL:
ORDERING:
SERVICE:
Carbon steel
Specify clamp size, fig. no., name and flange width.
For suspension of light loads from standard
FINISH:
I-beams and wide flange beams.

Painted, shop primed, or galvanized.
FLANGE
WIDTH
MAX. FLANGE
THICKNESS
100
125
150
175
200
13
16
19
22
22
CLAMP
SIZE
1
2
3
13
13
16
APPROX. WEIGHT
kg per each
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.7
BOLT
SIZE
STOCK
SIZE
MAX.
LOAD, kg
35
35
40
10
12
12
6 x 35
6 x 40
10 x 40
455
570
680
114
H130.WK4-12/2/94
FIG. 135
MALLEABLE BEAM CLAMP
MATERIAL:
Malleable iron
FINISH:
Black
SERVICE:
Recommended for attachment to structural

steel. Use in conjuction with American
Standard I-beams and wide flange beams
where beam widths are from a min. of 60 mm.
to a max. of 175 mm. and flange thickness does
not exceed 15 mm.
ORDERING:
Specify figure number and name.
MAXIMUM
BOLT
ROD TAKE OUT ( E ) - FOR WIDTH OF BEAM FLANGE
ROD SIZE
DIA.
60
75
100
125
150
22
10
89
87
84
75
65
FIG. 140
MAX. RECOM.
APPROX.
175
LOAD, kg
WEIGHT / each
48
620
HEAVY DUTY CLAMP
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
Painted, shop primed or galvanized.
SERVICE:
For suspension of heavy loads from standard

I-beams and wide flange beams with flange
widths to 375 mm. and flange thickness to 27 mm
ORDERING:
Specify clamp size, fig. no., name, rod size

and beam size.
CLAMP
SIZE
MAX. LOAD
APPROX.
MAXIMUM FLANGE
kg
WEIGHT / each
THK.
WIDTH
25
25
10
5225
27
254
50
25
10
5225
27
381
115
H135-140.WK4-11/21/94
HORIZONTAL TRAVELERS
FIG. 270
SIZE RANGE:
Available in four sizes to take loads up to 9410 kg. All sizes provide for 300 mm of
horizontal travel.
INSTALLATION:
Shipped ready for installation. Attach to the supporting steel by welding around the frame.
Spring hanger may be bolted or welded to the load plate.
ORDERING:
Specify size number, figure number, name and H dimensions, if required. Horizontal
travelers will be designed for special loads, travels or dual directional travel upon request.
FEATURES:
SIZE
NO.
Highly economical
Minimum friction
Virtually dust proof
Compact - designed for minimum head room
Versatile
MAX.
APPROX.
RECOM. WEIGHT
LOAD, kg kg each
H
MAX.
W
117
1715
64
41
137
64
29
384
19
2830
17
89
67
200
89
35
416
19
171
5285
31
127
76
267
127
44
454
25
248
9410
46
152
89
318
116
152
64
486
38
260
H270.WK4-11/18/94
FIG. 30
MATERIAL:
FINISH:
SERVICE:
ORDERING:
ROD
SIZE
A
TURNBUCKLE
Forged steel
Black or galvanized; furnished black unless otherwise
specified.
Provides adjustment up to 150 mm for heavy loads.
Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish.
MAX. RECOM.
LOAD, kg
@343 C @400 C
WEIGHT
kg
per 100
10
275
245
184
10
15
12
515
460
191
19
21
16
820
730
197
22
39
20
1230
1100
210
29
61
22
1710
1525
216
32
86
25
2250
2010
216
38
112
28
2830
2525
229
41
154
32
3630
3245
229
41
150
36
5280
4715
248
48
241
45
7120
6365
267
57
355
50
9390
8390
279
64
543
58
12350
11025
311
79
1227
65
15200
13580
311
79
1223
FIG. 40
MATERIAL:
SERVICE:
FEATURES:
WELDLESS EYE NUT

Forged steel
For use on high temperature piping installations.
* Supports loads equal to the full limitation of the
hanger rod.
* Provides flexible connection when use with straight
thread rods
ORDERING:
Specify size number, figure number, name, rod tapping

and finish.
SIZE
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
ROD
SIZE
A
10
12
16
20
22
25
30
32
36
45
50
58
65
MAX. RECOM.
LOAD, kg
@343 C
275
515
820
1230
1710
2250
2830
3630
5280
7120
9390
12350
15200
@400 C
245
460
730
1100
1525
2010
2525
3245
4715
6365
8390
11025
13580
38
30
13
51
35
17
51
43
19
67
49
25
64
46
25
86
60
32
102
102
38
159
102
57
102
102
38
159
102
57
117
APPROX.
WEIGHT
kg per 100
9
26
25
77
75
173
170
165
157
740
761
761
770
H030-040.WK4-11/19/94
FIG. 92
MATERIAL:
FINISH:
ORDERING:
SERVICE:
STEEL WASHER PLATE

Carbon steel
Black
By rod size, figure number and finish.
For use on top of channels or angles to support pipe with rods or U-bolts.
ROD
SIZE
HOLE
DIAMETER
SIZE OF STEEL
A x A x B
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT
kg. per 100
10
13
75 x 75 x 6
12
16
75 x 75 x 6
16
19
75 x 75 x 10
20
22
100 x 100 x 10
22
25
100 x 100 x 12
10
25
32
100 x 100 x 12
10
32
38
125 x 125 x 12
15
38
44
125 x 125 x 20
22
45
51
125 x 125 x 20
21
50
57
125 x 125 x 20
20
58
64
150 x 150 x 20
30
65
70
150 x 150 x 20
29
70
76
150 x 150 x 20
28
75
83
150 x 150 x 20
27
80
89
150 x 150 x 20
25
90
95
175 x 175 x 20
37
80
102
175 x 175 x 20
35
118
H092.WK4-11/18/94
FIG. 95
MATERIAL:
SERVICE:
FEATURES:
ORDERING:
BODY
SIZE
NO.
2
2 1/2
3
FORGED STEEL CLEVIS

Forged steel
For use on high temperature piping
installation.
* Complies fully with the code for pressure
piping.
* Supports loads equal to the full limitation
of the hanger rod.
Specify size number, figure number, name,
rod tapping, size of pin hole, size of pin, size
of grip, and finish.
MAX RECOMM.
LOAD, kg
343 DEG.
400 DEG.
Grip equals thickness of plate plus 6 mm
APPROX.
WEIGHT
kg./ each
TAP
SIZE
PIN
SIZE
P
MAX.
GRIP
A
275
245
0.5
10
13
98
37
16
27
16
515
460
0.4
12
16
98
37
16
27
16
820
730
0.4
16
19
98
37
16
27
16
1230
1100
1.1
20
22
102
64
29
32
22
1710
1525
1.1
22
25
102
64
29
32
22
2250
2010
1.8
24
29
127
76
33
13
38
32
2250
2010
1.8
27
32
127
76
33
13
38
32
3630
3245
1.8
32
35
127
76
33
13
38
32
3 1/2
5280
4715
2.7
38
44
152
89
41
13
44
38
7120
6365
3.6
45
51
152
102
44
13
51
38
9410
8390
7.3
50
57
178
127
57
16
64
64
12350
11025
11.8
58
64
203
152
70
19
76
64
15225
13580
11.8
65
70
203
152
70
19
76
64
PIPE
SIZE
MAX. RECOM.
LOAD, kg
WEIGHT
per 100
15
215
22
29
64
64
20
215
29
35
67
64
25
215
35
41
70
64
32
545
10
44
54
73
64
17
40
545
10
51
60
76
64
18
50
545
10
64
73
83
64
19
65
1000
12
76
89
95
76
41
80
1000
12
92
105
102
76
45
FIG. 100
LONG TANGENT U-BOLT
U-bolts are furnished with four hexagon nuts or are

furnished with two hexagon nuts.
Special U-bolts with longer tangents and threads and
special materials can be furnished as specified.
MATERIAL:
FINISH:
ORDERING:
Carbon steel
Black. Galvanized upon request.
Order by part number and pipe size.
Specify finish if other than black.
90
1000
12
105
117
108
76
50
100
1000
12
117
130
114
76
52
125
1000
12
143
156
127
76
58
150
1635
16
171
187
156
95
109
200
1635
16
222
238
181
95
129
250
2455
20
276
295
213
102
218
300
3410
22
327
349
244
108
347
350
3410
22
359
381
260
108
373
400
3410
22
410
432
286
108
395
450
4455
25
460
486
321
121
614
500
4455
25
511
537
346
121
664
600
4455
25
613
638
397
121
777
750
4455
25
765
791
473
121
873
900
4455
25
918
943
549
121
1057
119
H095-100.WK4-11/20/94
FIG. 110
EYE ROD (WELDED)
ROD
STANDARD
MAXIMUM
SIZE
ROD THREAD
LOAD (kg)
LENGTH, D (mm) @ 350 C
SIZE RANGE:
@ 400 C
Welded eye rods are furnished in any length specified.

Eye rods will be furnished in other than standard lengths
10
64
275
245
and with other than standard length thread when required
12
64
515
460
and so ordered.
16
64
820
730
20
76
1230
1100
22
89
1715
1525
25
102
2250
2010
28
114
2830
2525
accommodate a bolt diameter 3 mm larger than rod
32
127
3630
3245
diameter; 45 mm and larger, inside diameter of eye
38
152
5285
4715
will take a bolt 6 mm larger than rod diameter.
45
178
7135
6365
50
203
9410
8390
58
229
12365
11025
65
254
15225
13580
FIG. 120
ROD
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FEATURES:
Through 38 mm, inside diameter of eye will
MAX. TEMP.: 400 Deg. C

ORDERING:
Specify rod diameter, figure number, name and rod length.
EYE ROD (NOT WELDED)
STANDARD
MAX.
SIZE
ROD THREAD
RECOM.
LENGTH, D (mm) LOAD (kg)
SIZE RANGE:
Not welded Eye Rods are stocked in all sizes in the following standard
mm lengths: 200, 250, 300, 350, 450, 600, 750, 900, 1050, 1200, 1350, 1500, 1650, and 1800.
10
64
110
Eye rods will be furnished in other than standard lengths and with other than
12
64
200
standard length thread when so ordered.
16
64
320
20
76
475
22
89
670
25
102
880
28
114
1105
with a diameter 3 mm larger than the rod diameter.
32
127
1420
For 45 mm or larger rods, the inside eye diameter will accomodate
38
152
2115
a bolt with a diameter 6 mm larger than the rod diameter.
45
178
2900
50
203
3765
58
229
4955
65
254
6090
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FEATURES:
For a 38 mm rod, the inside eye diameter will accommodate a bolt
MAX. TEMP.:
343 Deg. C
ORDERING:
Specify rod diameter, figure number, name and rod length.
120
H110-120.WK4-11/20/94
ALL THREADED ROD
FIG. 122
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
Black, painted, or hot dipped galvanized.
SERVICE:
For use as support rods where a universal connection is required to allow piping movement.
ROD SIZE
MAX. RECOM. LOAD
APPROX.
@ 343 C
@ 400 C
WEIGHT / 100
110
100
10
275
245
14
12
515
460
24
16
820
730
38
20
1230
1100
56
22
1710
1525
76
25
2250
2010
102
FIG. 126
FIG. 127
LINKED EYE ROD (WELDED)

LINKED EYE ROD
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
Black, painted, or hot dipped galvanized
SERVICE:
For use as support rods where

a universal connection is required
to allow piping movement.
ORDERING:
121
Specify length, size, and figure no.
ROD SIZE
THREAD
MAX. RECOM. LOAD
LENGTH, D (mm)
FIG. 126
FIG. 127
10
64
275
110
12
64
515
200
16
64
820
320
20
76
1230
475
22
89
1710
670
25
102
2250
880
28
114
2830
1105
32
127
3630
1420
38
152
5280
2115
45
178
7120
2900
50
203
9390
3765
58
229
12350
4955
65
254
15200
6090
H122-127.WK4-11/20/94
FIG. 128
HANGER ROD (BOTH ENDS R.H. THREAD)
FIG. 129
HANGER ROD (ONE END R.H. AND OTHER END L.H.)
MATERIAL:
FINISH:
Carbon steel
Black or galvanized.
Figure 128 and 129 hanger rod is both ends and

standard lengths of 200, 250, 300, 350, 450, 600, 750 , 900,
1050, 1200, 1350, 1500, 1650, and 1800 mm. Hanger rods
are available in sizes other than standard lengths
or standard thread lengths.
ROD SIZE
A
STANDARD ROD
THD. LENGTH, D
MAX. RECOM. LOAD

@ 343 C
@ 400 C
64
110
100
10
64
275
245
17
12
64
515
460
30
16
64
820
730
47
20
76
1230
1100
68
22
89
1710
1525
93
25
102
2250
2010
121
28
114
2830
2525
154
32
127
3630
3245
190
38
152
5280
4715
273
45
178
7120
6365
372
50
203
9390
8390
485
57
229
12350
11025
615
65
254
15200
13580
759
122
APPROX.
WEIGHT / 100
H128-129.WK
FIG. 46
MATERIAL:
ADJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE SUPPORT

Carbon steel saddle, locknut nipple, and
special cast iron reducer, assembled.
Base is not included -- supplied as extra.
SERVICE:
Stanchion type support where vertical

adjustment is required.
INSTALLATION: Adjustment is obtained by turning the

locknut nipple, the lower end of the
nipple, and coupling during adjustment.
PIPE
APPROX. WEIGHT
SIZE
kg. per 100
Square
E
Min.
Max.
38
203
330
229
38
210
337
102
229
38
216
343
76
108
229
64
235
356
420
76
124
229
64
254
375
802
466
76
140
229
64
267
387
200
918
582
76
175
229
64
298
419
250
1143
807
76
216
229
64
343
464
300
1318
982
76
252
229
64
381
502
350
2236
1727
102
278
279
76
413
527
400
2418
1909
102
314
279
76
451
565
450
3218
2318
152
352
343
89
495
610
500
4764
3864
152
391
343
89
533
648
600
5909
5000
152
456
343
102
603
718
750
7727
6818
152
541
343
102
686
800
800
8227
7318
152
572
343
102
718
832
900
11318
10409
152
622
343
102
768
883
Complete
Saddle Only
65
409
218
64
89
229
80
418
227
64
95
90
427
236
64
100
682
345
125
757
150
123
H046.WK4-11/28/94
FIG. 48
PIPE SADDLE SUPPORT WITH U-BOLT
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel stanchion saddle with steel U-Bolt and nuts.
INSTALLATION:
(1) Slip saddle base into riser pipe.

(2) If riser pipe and flange are used, flange is drilled for bolting to steel beam or floor.
(3) Yoke is attached to saddle after pipe is in place.
Pipe
Wt. (Approx.)
Size
kg. per 100
100
489
76
106
125
550
76
106
150
577
76
138
200
968
76
176
250
1168
76
214
300
1418
76
252
350
2273
102
278
400
2591
102
314
450
2909
102
352
500
5159
152
391
600
6227
152
456
750
6659
152
486
800
7909
203
541
900
12182
203
622
124
H048.WK4-11/28/94
FIG. 183
INSULATION PROTECTION SHIELD
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
SIZE RANGE:
For use with 12 mm thru 600 mm pipe wth insulation thickness 12, 20, 25, 38 and 50 mm.
SERVICE:
Recommended for outside of foam or fiber glass insulation to preclude crushing of insulation without breaking the vapor bar
APPROVALS:
Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171E (Type 41) and Manufacturers Standardization Society SP-69 (Type 40).
ORDERING:
Specify pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number, and finish.
Galvanized and black
SHIELD
SIZE
SHIELD SIZE SELECTION TABLE

INSULATION THICKNESS ( mm )
STOCK
APPROX.
SHIELD DIMENSION
SIZE
WEIGHT
LENGTH
RADIUS
( GAGE )
per 100
X1A
18
0.25
305
24
1A
18
0.31
305
30
2A
18
0.38
305
37
3A
18
0.45
305
44
4A
18
0.50
305
51
5A
18
0.59
305
57
6A
18
0.64
305
64
7A
8A
9A
18
16
16
0.73
0 86
1.23
305
305
305
71
84
97
PIPE
SIZE
12
20
25
38
50
9B
16
1.41
305
110
12
1A
1A
---
---
---
10A
16
1.82
457
97
20
1A
1A
2A
4A
6A
10B
16
2.09
457
110
25
1A
2A
3A
5A
7A
11B
16
2.32
457
122
32
2A
3A
3A
6A
7A
12B
16
2.55
457
137
40
2A
3A
4A
6A
7A
13C
14
4.64
610
149
50
3A
4A
5A
7A
8A
14C
14
5.05
610
162
65
4A
5A
6A
7A
8A
15C
14
5.41
610
178
80
5A
6A
7A
8A
9A
16C
14
5.77
610
191
90
---
---
8A
9A
10A
17C
14
6.18
610
203
100
---
---
8A
9A
10A
18C
14
6.59
610
216
125
---
---
9B
10B
11B
19C
12
9.64
610
229
150
---
---
10B
11B
12B
20C
12
10.18
610
241
200
---
---
---
13C
14B
21C
12
10.73
610
254
250
---
---
14C
15C
16B
22C
12
11.27
610
267
300
---
---
16C
17C
18B
23C
12
11.77
610
279
350
---
---
17C
18C
19B
24C
12
12.32
610
292
400
---
---
19C
20C
21B
25C
12
12.86
610
305
450
---
---
21C
22C
23B
26C
12
14.09
610
330
500
---
---
23C
24C
25B
27C
12
14.45
610
343
600
---
---
26C
27C
28B
28C
12
15.00
610
356
125
H183.WK4 11/19/94
PIPE COVERING SADDLE

SERVICE
APPLICATIONS:
FINISH:
ORDERING:
NOTE:
FIG. 184
Designed to keep insulation from crushing

and to reduce heat losses.
Black , galvanized, or painted.
Specify pipe size, insulation thickness,
figure number and finish.
All saddles are 300 mm long with the
side edges turned up.
25 mm INSULATION
PIPE
SIZE
MAX.
RECOM.
LOAD
APPROX.
WEIGHT
per 100
COVERING
THK.
20
545
64
22
41
25
545
64
27
46
32
545
64
22
49
40
545
69
25
54
50
545
76
27
60
65
545
76
27
68
80
545
85
25
75
90
545
104
32
84
100
545
104
27
90
125
545
104
25
105
150
820
172
25
114
FIG. 185
38 mm INSULATION
PIPE
SIZE
MAX.
RECOM.
LOAD
APPROX.
WEIGHT
per 100
COVERING
THK.
20
545
95
25
545
95
32
545
40
FIG. 186
50 mm INSULATION
PIPE
SIZE
MAX.
RECOM.
LOAD
APPROX.
WEIGHT
per 100
COVERING
THK.
37
56
20
545
125
48
68
40
59
25
545
125
54
73
95
41
65
32
545
125
49
76
545
95
38
67
40
820
145
59
84
50
545
106
40
73
50
820
145
54
90
65
545
125
48
84
65
820
145
59
98
80
545
125
40
92
80
820
163
52
105
90
545
146
46
94
90
820
163
57
110
100
545
146
40
103
100
820
163
52
116
125
545
146
38
119
125
820
163
51
132
150
820
201
38
131
150
820
260
51
140
200
2275
264
38
152
200
820
288
51
165
250
2275
264
40
184
250
2275
348
52
194
300
2275
355
40
205
300
2275
449
52
219
350
2275
355
38
222
350
2275
449
51
237
400
2275
384
38
249
400
2275
473
51
259
450
2275
415
38
275
450
3275
473
51
287
500
3275
475
38
295
500
3275
528
51
311
600
3275
560
38
343
600
3275
607
51
356
750
3275
606
38
430
750
3275
640
51
445
900
3275
820
38
514
126
900
3275
860
51
532
H184-186.WK4 11/19/94
PIPE COVERING SADDLE

SERVICE
APPLICATION:
FINISH:
ORDERING:
NOTE:
FIG. 187
Designed to keep insulation from crushing and

and reduce heat losses.
Black, galvanized, or painted.
Specify pipe size, insulation thickness, figure
number and finish.
All saddles are 300 long with the
side edges turned up.
65 mm INSULATION
PIPE
SIZE
MAX.
RECOM.
LOAD
APPROX.
WEIGHT
per 100
COVERING
THK.
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
750
900
545
820
820
820
820
820
820
820
820
820
2275
2275
2275
3275
3275
3275
3275
3275
3275
164
164
164
185
185
203
203
203
296
328
373
475
475
503
563
563
652
909
918
62
71
67
73
65
70
65
65
64
68
65
67
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
95
98
103
108
119
119
127
143
157
184
206
232
251
275
295
324
371
459
541
FIG. 188
PIPE
SIZE
MAX.
RECOM.
LOAD
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
750
900
820
820
820
820
820
820
820
820
2275
2275
2275
3275
3275
3275
3275
3275
3275
75 mm INSULATION
APPROX.
WEIGHT
per 100
COVERING
THK.
204
204
223
223
223
223
351
351
402
516
516
605
605
610
925
971
981
79
86
78
84
78
78
76
79
78
78
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
116
124
129
137
143
157
167
195
221
244
262
281
311
338
387
473
556
FIG. 189
127
100 mm INSULATION
PIPE
SIZE
MAX.
RECOM.
LOAD
APPROX.
WEIGHT
per 100
COVERING
THK.
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
750
900
820
820
820
820
2275
2275
2275
3275
3275
3275
3275
3275
3275
278
278
464
464
492
635
635
695
695
1036
1048
1089
1097
103
106
105
106
103
105
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
165
181
192
221
248
275
287
310
338
359
418
500
581
H187-189.WK4 11/19/94
ROLLER CHAIR
FIG. 210
MATERIAL:
SERVICE:
Cast iron roll and sockets, steel roll rod, continuous thread
rods and hex nuts.
For support of pipe where horizontal movement due to
expansion and contraction will occur and where vertical
HOW TO SIZE:
adjustment up to 150 mm may be necessary.

(1) If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from
nominal pipe size.
(2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see pipe
insulation chart for size of pipe roll.
(3) If roll is to support covered pipe, the O.D. of the covering
should not be greater than the O.D. of the pipe for which
the roll was designed.
PIPE
SIZE
MAX. RECOM.
LOAD, kg.
WEIGHT
per 100
50
135
50
78
40
38
10
65
80
275
275
62
75
89
100
37
56
41
44
13
13
90
100
125
275
320
320
114
139
195
114
129
151
64
70
87
51
59
64
150
200
250
455
590
775
243
314
574
171
210
251
102
133
159
300
350
1045
1410
936
1218
294
332
400
450
500
1775
1910
2045
2080
2136
2818
600
2725
4541
SERVICE:
SIZE:
STEEL SIZE
G
BOLT SIZE
H
32
98
6 x 30
10 x 30
32
51
121
140
6 x 30
6 x 30
10 x 30
10 x 30
13
13
16
51
51
64
152
165
200
10 x 40
10 x 40
10 x 40
12 x 40
12 x 40
12 x 40
70
76
92
19
22
22
83
102
127
241
298
362
10 x 45
10 x 50
12 x 50
12 x 40
12 x 40
12 x 40
189
211
105
121
25
29
152
178
419
473
12 x 50
12 x 65
12 x 40
16 x 50
365
397
438
238
264
292
127
133
146
32
32
35
203
229
254
533
581
648
16 x 65
16 x 65
16 x 75
16 x 65
16 x 65
20 x 75
529
351
178
38
305
762
20 x 75
20 x 75
ADJUSTABLE PIPE ROLL SUPPORT
FIG. 215
MATERIAL:
Cast iron roll and sockets, steel roll rod, continuous

thread rods and hex nuts.
For support of pipe where horizontal movement
due to expansion and contraction will occur and
where vertical adjustment up to 150 mm may be
necessary.
If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size
directly from nominal pipe size.
PIPE
SIZE
APPROX.
WEIGHT
kg per 100
25
51
10
76
38
241
27
32
53
10
86
48
241
32
40
55
10
92
54
241
35
50
57
10
105
67
241
41
65
104
13
124
79
241
49
80
110
13
140
95
241
57
90
122
13
156
114
254
65
100
170
16
171
121
254
71
125
213
16
205
148
254
87
150
344
19
243
175
279
102
200
500
22
303
225
298
130
250
625
22
357
279
298
162
300
880
22
402
318
298
189
350
1416
25
451
362
298
213
400
1930
29
502
413
457
240
450
2116
29
556
464
457
267
500
3010
32
616
514
457
295
600
4660
38
727
616
610
356
750
8491
48
902
768
610
443
128
H210-215.WK4 11/19/94
ROLLER STAND
FIG. 230
MATERIAL:
SERVICE:
HOW TO SIZE:
Cast iron roll and stand.

For support of piping that expands and contracts longitudinally and where vertical adjustment is not necessary.
(1) If roll is to support bare pipe, select size from nominal pipe size.
(2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see Figure 183. for size of pipe roll.
INSTALLATION:
Two cored holes "I" for anchorage bolting purpose.
PIPE SIZE
600
750
900 - 1050
MAX. RECOM. SIZE LOAD, kg
50 - 90
175
100 - 150 200 - 250 300 - 350 400 - 500

430
955
1400
2265
2775
3410
5455
COMPLETE
(APPROX. WEIGHT, kg per 100)
291
402
695
1277
1802
2250
4511
6909
ROLL AND ROD
41
61
241
459
711
886
1541
2591
ROLL ONLY
32
50
200
386
577
659
1091
1864
PIPE
SIZE
50
87
102
64
68
19
27
44
14
25
13
214
140
119
108
67
76
27
51
14
25
13
252
152
178
127
29
38
57
86
19
25
16
10
216
203
230
152
25
37
25
64
95
22
25
19
13
281
203
260
165
35
48
32
56
108
32
25
21
13
330
229
600
289
165
25
40
32
76
111
38
25
21
13
340
229
750
362
203
35
60
38
89
130
48
25
27
13
432
279
900
1050
432
229
38
62
38
102
146
54
25
33
19
508
305
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
129
H230.WK4 11/19/94
ADJUSTABLE ROLLER STAND
FIG. 240
MATERIAL:
Cast iron base plate, stand and roll; steel adjusting screws.
SERVICE:
To support pipe lines where vertical and lateral adjustment during installation may be required in addition to provision for expansion and contraction.
HOW TO SIZE:
If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size from nominal pipe size (see below).
SIZE
MAX. RECOM.
WEIGHT
(mm)
LOAD, kg.
per 100
50 -- 90
175
693
100 -- 150
430
877
200 -- 250
955
1457
300 -- 350
1400
2325
400 -- 500
2265
3241
600
2775
3955
750
3410
7552
PIPE
SIZE
MIN.
MAX.
50
130
137
44
65
137
143
54
80
146
152
60
90
152
159
67
100
165
178
70
125
178
191
86
150
194
206
102
200
264
295
133
250
292
324
162
300
330
362
191
350
346
378
206
400
387
422
238
450
416
451
264
500
441
476
289
600
498
533
750
610
679
D1
J1
MAX.
44
175
213
140
70
48
13
98
162
25
17
22
25
19
25
16
87
102
52
206
251
146
95
52
13
130
187
25
22
29
25
19
25
16
119
108
87
270
...
171
152
83
19
187
...
25
22
44
29
21
25
19
178
127
98
330
...
203
203
102
22
241
...
25
22
44
29
19
25
22
230
152
108
371
...
219
229
114
29
283
...
25
25
48
32
22
30
25
260
165
340
111
400
...
219
254
113
35
311
...
25
29
48
35
25
30
25
289
165
425
130
489
...
267
318
140
44
400
...
25
38
83
41
32
35
32
362
203
130
H240.WK4 11/19/94
FIG. 260
ADJUSTABLE ELBOW SUPPORT
SERVICE
APPLICATION: General piping
FINISH:
Black, galvanized or painted.
ORDERING:
Specify size, figure number, finish and height.
PIPE
SIZE
PLATE
SIZE A
PIPE
SIZE B
PIPE
SIZE C
PLATE
SIZE D
80
125 x 6
40
65
200 x 200 x 10
100
150 x 6
50
80
200 x 200 x 10
150
150 x 6
50
80
200 x 200 x 10
200
180 x 10
80
100
200 x 200 x 12
250
180 x 10
80
100
200 x 200 x 12
300
230 x 10
100
150
250 x 250 x 20
350
230 x 10
100
150
250 x 250 x 20
400
280 x 10
150
200
300 x 300 x 20
450
280 x 10
150
200
300 x 300 x 20
131
H260.WK4 11/19/94
HOLD DOWNS
PTP HD-1
APPLICATION:
The PTP FIG. HD-1 is our anchor type hold down. This hold down is generally used on pipe lines
MATERIAL:
TEMP.:
FINISH:
ORDERING:
where little or no insulation is required.

Carbon steel
400 Deg. C
Black or galvanized
Specify by pipe size and figure number.
FOR PIPE SIZES 50 thru 150 INCLUSIVE
PIPE SIZE
50
238
81
60
89
24
30
80
267
95
89
89
38
44
10
100
292
108
114
89
51
57
10
150
346
135
168
89
78
84
10
200
406
165
219
94
103
110
10
250
483
203
273
105
130
137
10
300
533
229
324
105
156
162
12
350
584
254
356
114
171
178
12
400
635
279
406
114
197
203
12
450
686
305
457
114
222
229
12
500
737
330
508
114
248
254
12
600
838
381
610
114
298
305
12
750
991
457
762
114
375
381
12
900
1143
533
914
114
451
457
12
132
HD-001.WK4
HOLD DOWNS
PTP HD-2
APPLICATION:
The PTP FIG. HD-2 is our restraint type hold down. The clamp radius as well as the base is lined
MATERIAL;
FINISH:
ORDERING;
with PTP-TFE slide plate, allowing axial movement while restraining lateral movement. It is
generally used on compressor lines where temperature is high and thermal movement is great.
Carbon steel
TEMP.:
200 Deg. C
Black or galvanized
PIPE SIZE
50
238
90
64
90
19
64
32
32
80
273
105
92
90
33
64
32
46
100
298
117
117
90
46
64
32
59
125
341
138
144
98
73
64
32
73
10
150
368
152
171
98
73
89
32
86
10
200
419
192
222
98
98
89
32
111
10
250
473
205
276
98
125
89
32
138
10
300
552
244
327
113
151
89
32
164
12
350
584
260
359
113
167
159
35
179
12
400
635
286
410
113
192
159
35
205
12
450
686
311
460
113
217
159
35
240
12
500
737
337
511
113
243
159
35
256
12
600
838
387
613
113
294
159
35
306
12
750
991
464
765
113
370
159
35
383
12
900
1143
540
918
113
446
159
35
459
12
133
HD-002.WK4 11/19/94
HOLD DOWNS
PTP HD-3
APPLICATION:
The PTP FIG. HD-3 is our arrestor type hold down. This hold down is actually a restraint that
MATERIAL:
FINISH:
ORDERING:
that is used when there is very low thermal movement. Its radius is lined with a belting
material that is well designed to absorb shock from vibration. This type is generally used
on compressor lines or similar application.
Carbon steel
TEMP.:
90 Deg. C
Black or galvanized
Belting material remains impervious
NOTE:
to heat up to 90 Deg. C.
PIPE SIZE
50
251
87
73
89
30
37
80
279
102
102
89
44
51
10
100
305
114
127
89
57
64
10
150
359
141
181
89
84
90
10
200
419
171
232
94
110
116
10
250
495
210
286
105
137
143
10
300
546
235
337
105
162
168
12
350
597
260
368
114
178
184
12
400
648
286
419
114
203
210
12
450
699
311
470
114
229
235
12
500
749
337
521
114
254
260
12
600
851
387
622
114
305
311
12
750
1003
464
775
114
381
387
12
900
1156
540
927
114
457
464
134
12
HD-003.WK4 11/19/94
7
6
1. FABRICATED 1248 mm SHIELDS FOR

COLD SHOES
2. PIPE SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES FOR A
PETROCHEMICAL PLANT
3. STAINLESS STEEL KNEE BRACES
4. 780 mm STAINLESS PIPE STANCHIONS
5. REMOVABLE PIPE SUPPORT FOR
ALASKAN PROJECT
6. LINE ANCHOR TYPE CRYOGENIC
PIPE SHOES FOR LNG PIPELINE
7. ARRESTOR-TYPE HOLD DOWN
8. ON-THE-SHELF STOCK OF PUF.
FOR STANDARD PIPE SIZES. PT&P
POURS AND MOLDS ITS OWN
FOAM.
135
7
6
1. PIPE SUPPORTS LAY-DOWN IN

PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
2. INSULATED PIPE SHOES
3. AUXILIARY STEEL FOR A NEW
ENGLAND POWER COMPANY
4. SPECIALLY FORMED AND
GUSSETED PIPE CLAMPS
5. SPECIAL RUBBER-LINED RISER
FOR A POWER PLANT
6. HOLD-DOWN CLAMPS HANG IN
THE PAINT DEPARTMENT
7. 2184 mm CLAMP FOR A PAPER MILL
8. PIPE SADDLES FOR A BRITISH JOB
136
GALVANIZED PIPE SHOES FOR AN

INDONESIAN PAPER MILL
1370mm PIPE SADDLES FOR A PIPELINE
PIPE
SHOES
STANDARD PIPE SHOES FOR AN ENGINEERING COMPANY
WELDER COMPLETING HIS PORTION OF A

LARGE FABRICATED PIPE SUPPORT
137
SHOE1.SAM-11/21/94
FABRICATED PIPE SHOES AND ANCHORS

DESCRIPTION
PAGE
Introduction ..........................................................................................................................................139
Fig. 98-SUPPORT: T-Bar without Cradle, with Slide Plate...................................................................142
Fig. 100-SUPPORT: T-Bar Cradle Support and Structural Anchor ......................................................141
Fig. 200-SUPPORT: T-Bar Cradle Support with Bonded or Bolted Slide Plates..................................143
Fig. 300-SUPPORT: T-Bar Cradle Support with Guide and Slide Plates .............................................144
Fig. 400-SUPPORT: Double T-Bar Cradle Support and Structural Anchor..........................................145
Fig. 500-SUPPORT: Double T-Bar Cradle Support with Bonded or Bolted Slide Plates......................146
Fig. 600-SUPPORT: Double T-Bar Cradle Support with Guide and Slide Plate ..................................147
Fig. 700-SUPPORT: U-Bolt Cradle Support with Bonded or Bolted Slide Plate ..................................148
Fig. 800-SUPPORT: U-Bolt Cradle Support with Guide and Slide Plate..............................................149
Fig. 900-SUPPORT: Bolt Cradle Support with Bonded or Bolted Slide Plate ......................................150
Fig. 1000-SUPPORT: Bolt Cradle Support with Bonded or Bolted Slide Plate ....................................151
Fig. 1100-SUPPORT: Bolt Cradle Support with Guide and Slide Plate................................................152
Fig. 1200-SUPPORT: Bolt Cradle Support with Guide and Slide Plate ...............................................153
Fig. 2000-SUPPORT: Heavy Duty Pipe Saddles .................................................................................154
Fig. 2000-S-SUPPORT: Heavy Duty Pipe Saddles, Slide Bearing Details ..........................................155
Fig. 6: Cylinder Guide (Spider Guide)..................................................................................................156
INSULATED PIPE SUPPORTS

Introduction ..........................................................................................................................................157
Insulation Materials..............................................................................................................................158-159
Insulation Dimension Chart..................................................................................................................160
Fig. 4500: Insulated shoe support for hot pipe (hot shoe) ...................................................................161
Fig. 4600: Insulated shoe support for cold pipe (cold shoe) ................................................................162
Fig. 4700: Insulated shoe support for uninsulated cold lines ...............................................................163
138
CHOOSING YOUR PIPE ANCHORS AND SHOE SUPPORTS

Piping Technology & Products, Inc. has developed a number of standard designs based on our experience fabricating shoes and anchors for the different requirements of our customers. The diagram on page 140 illustrates the
combinations of design options chosen for the standards included in this section of the catalog. The decision
nodes in the diagram are identified with capital letters. Each path in the diagram represents a combination of
choices which leads to a standard Figure Number. In addition to these choices, there are options to consider when
slide plates are specified.
The first option in the diagram is at node A. If the support is to be welded to the pipe, the top branch is chosen.
Otherwise, choose the bottom branch.
At node B a choice is made between a single-T vertical member or two vertical members (double-T). The double-T
shoe is stronger and always comes with cradles.
At node C, decide if you want cradles. Cradles are an efficient way to add strength and stability. They may not be
necessary for small pipe where a single-T bar is sufficient.
At node D, choose whether to include a slide plate or not. Slide plates reduce friction when the pipe moves and
protect the pipe and supporting structure from stresses required to overcome friction. Shoes without slide plates
can be welded to a structure to function as anchors.
At node E, decide whether to include a guide with the slide plate. A guide will allow movement along the axis of the
pipe while restricting lateral movement.
If the shoe is not welded to the pipe, node F shows two choices for attachment: either U-bolts or flat bar clamps.
All the shoes with these options are shown with cradles and slide plates.
At node G, a choice is made whether to include a guide. At node H a choice is made on how to attach the base of
the slide plate. Welding is the most common method of installation, but safety or other considerations may cause
you to choose a base plate which can be bolted to the supporting structure.
Slide plates must have a low-friction material to slide smoothly, usually 6:,+ or graphite. Graphite is used for
higher temperatures and loads. For temperatures above 260 degrees C, it is good practice to include bolting to
insure the graphite remains fixed to its steel backing during movement. Please see the Slide Plate section of this
catalog for more details.
We will fabricate shoes and anchors to your design or help you develop special designs to meet your special
requirements.
139
SHOE DECISION TREE
With Slide Plate
Fig. 98 -- T-Bar Without Cradle,

With Slide Plate
Pg. 142
Without Cradle
C
With Cradle
Fig. 100 -- T-Bar Cradle Support

and Structural Anchor
Without
Slide Plate
Pg. 141
D
With
Slide Plate
Without Guide

with Bonded or Bolted
Slide Plates
Pg. 143
With Guide

with Guide and Slide Plates
Pg. 144
Double
T Vertical
Field Welded
To Pipe
Fig. 400 -- Double T-Bar Cradle

Support and Structural Anchor
Without
Slide Plate
With Cradle
Pg. 145
D
With
Slide Plate
Without Guide
E
With Guide
Fig. 500 -- Double T-Bar

Cradle Support with Bonded
or Bolted Slide Plate
Pg. 146
Fig. 600 -- Double T-Bar Cradle

Support with Guide and
Slide Plate
Pg. 147
Other Attachment
To Pipe
Without Guide
With Slide Plate and

Cradle
Fig. 700 -- U-Bolt Cradle Support

Slide Plate
Pg. 148
With Guide
Fig. 800 -- U-Bolt Cradle Support

with Guide and Slide Plate
U-Bolt Attachment
Pg. 149
F
H
Flat Bar Clamp
Without Guide
With Slide
Plate and
Cradle
Base Plate
Field Welded
Bolted
Base Plate
Fig. 900 -- Bolt Cradle Support

Slide Plate -- WELD BASE
Pg. 150

Slide Plate -- BOLT BASE
Pg. 151
With Guide
Base Plate
Field Welded
Bolted
Base Plate

with Guide Slide Plate
WELD BASE
Pg. 152

with Guide Slide Plate
BOLT BASE
Pg. 153
140
TREE.SAM-11/29/94
FIG. 100
MATERIAL:
FINISH:
OPTIONS:
ORDERING:
ALLOW. LOADS:
T-BAR CRADLE SUPPORT AND STRUCTURE ANCHOR

CRADLED NON-GUIDED SUPPORT
Carbon steel
Painted or hot dipped galvanized.
Modifications in the dimensions A & B are available upon request.
Specify type, quantity, finish and slide plate material.
The allowable vertical load depends upon the pipe pressure and wall thickness.
PIPE
SIZE
MAX. ANCHOR
APPROX.
FORCE
WEIGHT
kg
kg per ea.
50
132
102
5455
80
146
102
6820
100
159
102
8180
150
186
102
8180
200
211
102
10910
250
238
102
13180
300
264
102
13635
350
279
102
15455
400
305
102
8180
450
330
178
18635
12
500
356
178
18635
13
600
406
178
21365
141
14
sh0100.wk4-11/15/94
FIG. 98
MATERIAL:
OPTIONS:
T-BAR WITHOUT CRADLE, WITH SLIDE PLATE

FINISH:
Carbon steel
Modifications in the dimensions A, B, C, and in the slide plate material

(6:,+ or graphite) available upon request.
ORDERING:
ALLOW. LOADS: The allowable vertical loads depend upon the pipe pressure and wall thickness.
BONDING:
Graphite slide plates are usually bonded. For high temperature service above 260 deg. C
specify bolted construction.
PIPE
APPROX.
SIZE
WEIGHT
kg per ea.
15
113
102
305
127
20
114
102
305
127
25
119
102
305
127
32
122
102
305
127
40
125
102
305
127
50
132
102
305
127
65
138
102
305
127
80
146
102
305
127
90
152
102
305
127
100
159
102
305
127
125
173
102
305
127
150
186
102
305
127
142
7
sh0098.wk4-11/15/94
FIG. 200
T-BAR CRADLE SUPPORT WITH BONDED OR

BOLTED SLIDE PLATES
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
OPTIONS:
Modifications in the dimensions A, B, C, D, and in the slide plate material
(6:,+ or graphite) are available upon request.
ORDERING:
BONDING:
Graphite slide plates are usually bonded. For high temperature service above
260 deg. C, specify bolted construction.
FIG. 200- WELDED

FIG. 201- BOLTED BASE
* Optional bolted base plate

(specify 201)
* For upper graphite slide material
to be of bolted design, specify
200-B or 201-B.
PIPE
APPROX.
SIZE
WEIGHT
kg per ea.
50
132
102
305
127
80
146
102
305
127
100
159
102
305
127
150
186
102
305
127
200
211
102
305
127
250
238
102
305
127
300
264
102
305
127
350
279
102
305
127
10
400
305
102
305
127
10
450
330
178
381
140
15
500
356
178
381
140
15
600
406
178
381
140
143
16
SH0200.WK4-11/16/94
FIG. 300
T-BAR CRADLE SUPPORT WITH GUIDE

AND SLIDE PLATES
CRADLED GUIDED SUPPORT
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
OPTIONS:
Modifications in the dimensions A, C, D, F, and in the slide plate material (6:,+
or graphite) are available upon request.
ORDERING:
BONDING:
Graphite slide plates are usually bonded. For high temperature service above 260 Deg. C
FIG.300- WELDED
FIG.301- BOLTED BASE

(specify 301)
* For upper graphite slide material to
be of bolted design, specify
300-B or 301-B.
PIPE
APPROX.
SIZE
WEIGHT
kg per ea.
50
132
102
184
127
80
146
102
184
127
100
159
102
184
127
150
186
102
184
127
200
211
102
184
127
250
238
102
184
127
300
264
102
184
127
350
279
102
184
127
10
400
305
102
184
127
11
450
330
178
273
140
18
500
356
178
273
140
18
600
406
178
286
140
144
19
sh0300.wk4-11/17/94
FIG. 400
DOUBLE T-BAR CRADLE SUPPORT

AND STRUCTURAL ANCHOR
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH: Painted or hot dipped galvanized.
OPTIONS:
Modifications in the dimensions A, B, C, D, and in the slide plate material

(6:,+ or graphite) are available upon request.
ORDERING:
Specify type, quantity, finish, and slide plate material.
ALLOW. LOAD:
PIPE
SIZE
MAX. ANCHOR
APPROX.
FORCE
WEIGHT
kg
kg per each
150
186
102
5000
200
211
140
8636
10
250
238
165
8636
10
300
264
191
8636
11
350
279
216
8636
12
400
305
254
11818
13
450
330
279
11818
17
500
356
305
11818
18
600
406
362
15909
26
750
483
445
19091
35
900
559
521
19091
40
1050
635
597
19091
45
145
SH0400.WK4-11/17/94
FIG. 500
DOUBLE T-BAR CRADLE SUPPORT WITH

BONDED OR BOLTED SLIDE PLATE
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
OPTIONS:
Modifications in the dimensions A, B, C, D, and slide plate material (6:,+ or graphite)
are available upon request.
ORDERING:
FIG. 500- WELD BASE

FIG.501- BOLT BASE

(specify 501)
500-B or 501-B.
PIPE
SIZE
APPROX.
WEIGHT
kg per each
150
186
102
305
127
200
211
140
305
127
11
250
238
165
457
127
13
300
264
191
457
127
14
350
279
216
457
127
15
400
305
254
457
127
15
450
330
279
533
140
20
500
356
305
533
140
21
600
406
362
610
140
30
750
483
445
711
140
40
900
559
521
762
140
44
1050
635
597
914
140
51
146
SH0500.WK4-11/17/94
FIG. 600
MATERIAL:
OPTIONS:
DOUBLE T-BAR CRADLE SUPPORT WITH

W
GUIDE AND SLIDE PLATE
FINISH:
Carbon steel

g

ORDERING:
BONDING:
FIG. 600- WELD BASE

FIG. 601- BOLT BASE
* Optional bolted basee plate

(specify 601)
* For upper graphite sllide material to
to be of bolted desiggn, specify
600-B or 601-B.
PIPE
SIZE
APPROX.
WEIGHT
kg per each
150
186
140
222
127
200
211
171
254
127
13
250
238
197
279
127
14
300
264
222
305
127
15
350
279
248
330
127
15
400
305
279
362
127
16
450
330
305
400
140
22
500
356
330
425
140
24
600
406
387
495
140
32
750
483
470
578
140
42
900
559
546
654
140
47
1050
635
622
730
140
54
147
SH0600.WK4-11/17/94
U-BOLT CRADLE SUPPORT WITH BONDED

OR BOLTED SLIDE PLATE
FIG. 700
MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
OPTIONS:
ORDERING:
ALLOW. LOADS:The allowable vertical loads depend upon the pipe pressure and wall thickness.
BONDING:
FIG. 700- WELD BASE
FIG. 701- BOLT BASE
(specify 701)
*For upper graphite slide material to
700-B or 701-B.
PIPE
APPROX.
SIZE
WEIGHT
50
132
102
305
127
102
10
80
146
102
305
127
140
13
100
159
102
305
127
165
13
150
186
102
305
127
232
16
10
200
211
102
305
127
286
16
11
250
238
102
305
127
356
19
14
300
264
102
305
127
425
22
18
350
279
102
305
127
457
22
21
400
305
102
305
127
502
22
22
450
330
178
381
140
559
25
30
500
356
178
381
140
610
25
32
600
406
178
381
140
711
25
kg per each
148
35
SH0700.WK4-11/17/94
FIG. 800
U-BOLT CRADLE SUPPORT WITH GUIDE AND SLIDE PLATE

MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
OPTIONS:
ORDERING:
ALLOW. LOADS:
BONDING:
FIG. 800- WELD BASE

FIG. 801- BOLT BASE

(specify 801)
800-B or 801-B.
PIPE
SIZE
APPROX.
A
WEIGHT
kg per each
50
132
102
184
127
102
10
80
146
102
184
127
140
13
100
159
102
184
127
165
13
10
150
186
102
184
127
232
16
11
200
211
102
184
127
286
16
12
250
238
102
184
127
356
19
15
300
264
102
184
140
425
22
19
350
279
102
184
140
457
22
22
400
305
102
184
140
502
22
23
450
330
178
273
140
559
25
33
500
356
178
273
140
610
25
35
600
406
178
286
140
711
25
149
39
SH0800.WK4-11/17/94
FIG. 900
BOLT CRADLE SUPPORT WITH BONDED

MATERIAL:
Carbon steel
FINISH:
OPTIONS:
Modifications in the dimensions A, B, C, D and slide plate material (6:,+ or graphite)
ORDERING:
BONDING:
Graphite slide plates are usually bonded. For high temperature service above 260 Deg. C.
WELD BASE
PIPE SIZE
50
102
305
140
127
132
65
102
305
162
127
138
80
102
305
178
127
146
100
102
305
217
127
159
125
102
305
246
127
173
150
102
305
295
127
186
200
102
305
352
127
211
250
102
305
432
127
238
300
102
305
481
127
264
350
102
305
533
127
279
400
102
305
584
127
305
450
178
381
657
140
330
500
178
381
711
140
356
600
178
381
851
140
150
406
SHO900.WK4-11/18/94
FIG. 1000
MATERIAL:
OPTIONS:
BOLT CRADLE SUPPORT WITH BONDED

FINISH:
Carbon steel

ORDERING:
BONDING:
Graphite slide plates are usually bonded. For high temperature service above 260 Deg. C specify
bolted construction.
BOLT BASE
PIPE SIZE
50
102
406
140
457
127
21
132
65
102
406
162
457
127
21
138
80
102
406
178
457
127
21
146
100
102
406
217
457
127
21
159
125
102
406
246
457
127
21
173
150
102
406
295
457
127
21
186
200
102
406
352
457
127
21
211
250
102
406
432
457
127
21
238
300
102
406
481
457
127
21
264
350
102
406
533
457
127
21
279
400
102
406
584
457
127
21
305
450
178
470
657
533
140
24
330
500
178
470
711
533
140
24
356
600
178
470
851
533
140
24
406
151
SH1000.WK4-11/19/94
FIG. 1100
MATERIAL:
FINISH:
OPTIONS:
BOLT CRADLE SUPPORT WITH

GUIDE AND SLIDE PLATE
Carbon steel
Modifications in the dimensions A, C, D, E and slide plate material (6:,+ or graphite)
ORDERING:
BONDING:
WELD BASE
OPTIONAL BASE PLATE
PIPE SIZE
50
102
140
184
127
132
65
102
162
184
127
138
80
102
178
184
127
146
100
102
217
184
127
159
125
102
246
184
127
173
150
102
295
184
127
186
200
102
352
184
127
211
250
102
432
184
127
238
300
102
481
184
127
264
350
102
533
184
127
279
400
102
584
184
127
305
450
178
657
273
140
330
500
178
711
273
140
356
600
178
851
286
140
152
406
sh1100.wk4-11/19/94
FIG. 1200
MATERIAL:
FINISH:
OPTIONS:
BOLT CRADLE SUPPORT

WITH GUIDE AND SLIDE PLATE
Carbon steel
ORDERING:
ALLOW. LOADS:
BONDING:

The allowable vertical loads depend upon the pipe pressure and wall thickness.
BOLT BASE
PIPE SIZE
50
102
235
140
286
127
21
132
65
102
235
162
286
127
21
138
80
102
235
178
286
127
21
146
100
102
235
217
286
127
21
159
125
102
235
246
286
127
21
173
150
102
235
295
286
127
21
186
200
102
235
352
286
127
21
211
250
102
235
432
286
127
21
238
300
102
235
481
286
127
21
264
350
102
235
533
286
127
21
279
400
102
235
584
286
127
21
305
450
178
349
657
413
140
24
330
500
178
349
711
413
140
24
356
600
178
362
851
413
140
24
406
153
SH1200.WK4-11/19/94
FIG. 2000
HEAVY DUTY
PIPE SADDLES
PIPE
SIZE
RADIUS
R
DIMENSIONS
D
C
500
254
521
60
178
550
279
559
67
191
600
305
597
73
650
330
648
700
356
750
381
800
APPROX. WEIGHT kg.

Type 1
Type 2
102
13
10
75
41
102
13
10
84
45
203
102
13
10
89
48
86
216
102
13
10
95
50
686
92
229
102
13
10
105
55
737
102
241
102
16
13
143
80
406
787
114
254
102
16
13
150
86
850
432
813
127
254
102
16
13
161
91
900
457
864
127
279
102
16
13
170
95
950
483
914
152
279
102
16
13
180
100
1000
508
965
152
305
102
16
13
191
107
1050
533
1016
152
330
102
16
13
200
114
1200
610
1168
152
406
102
16
13
232
130
1350
686
1321
178
483
102
16
13
261
145
1500
762
1473
203
508
102
16
13
284
164
NOTES:
1. Tolerances: R = 1%-0
Other Dimension 1/16, Except Plate Thickness 1/32 Angle 1 1/4 Deg.
qcc>lmrc>S
sqc>`_ai>sn>qrpgn
OT>e_L>PS>ugbc
2. Full Encirclement Saddle Plates shall be used on all cross country pipelines, on Grade X-46
or higher strength pipe, and on all station pipework designed to operate at or in excess of 90%
of Min. Specified yield strength. Segmental Saddle Plates shall be used on station pipework
designed to operate at less than 50% of min. yield strength.
OT
3. For maximum spans of pipelines using saddles use Standard Engineering Practice.
rwnL
dsjj>clagpajckclr
q_bbjc>nj_rc
Fqcc>lmrc>PG
4. Pipe Support of Sleeper Under the Saddle shall be designed to accomodate full axial movement of the pipeline and saddle.
5. Vent hole 6 mm to be drilled in each segment of saddle.
154
SH2000.WK4-11/22/94
FIG. 2000-S SLIDE BEARING DETAILS FOR HEAVY PIPE SADDLES
_
amlrglsmsq>dgcjb
qc_j>ucjb>rm>q_bbjc
ugrf>Q>>cjcarpmbc
k_vgksk
Q>a_p`ml>qrccj>nj_rc
FrwnL>md>rmn>_lb>`mrrmkG
PLR>>rdcKdjsmpma_p`ml
pcqgl>Frcdjml>>p>>mp>cos_jG
amlrglsmsq>dgcjb>qc_j>ucjb>rm
rmn>nj_rc>md>qjccncp>mp>ngnc>qsnnmpr
ugrf>Q>>cjcarpmbc>k_vgksk
rdcKdjsmpma_p`ml>pcqgl
Frcdjml>>p>>mp>cos_jG
_
PS>>_jj>pmslb
PS>>_jj>pmslb
RVP
OPU
tgcu>`K`
tgcu>_K_
NOTES:
DIMENSIONS (mm)
PIPE SIZE
A
1. TFE - Dupont Resin (6:,+ or Equal) Properties shall be as follows:

Filler - 25% Glass Fibre
Specific Gravity - 2.22 (Nominal)
500
508
356
Tensile Strength - 2100 psi. Minimum and to ASTM D 1457.
550
508
356
Compressive Strength - 1870 psi. Minimum at 0.2% Deformation
600
508
356
and to ASTM D695.
650
610
457
700
610
457
750
2. TFE - Dupont Resin (6:,+ or Equal) Pad shall be chemically etched and
bonded to the Carbon Steel Plate using a hot setting epoxy resin adhesive.
3. Maximum Allowable Pipe Operating Temperature 163 Deg. C.
4. For 500 - 1500 mm Pipe Saddle Details refer to PTP Fig. 2000.
5. Maximum Axial Movement on support is 150 (75 mm each direction.) If Axial

movement is in excess of 300 mm the base width shall be increased accordingly.
155
610
457
800
762
610
850
762
610
900
762
610
950
889
737
1000
889
737
1050
889
737
1200
1143
991
1350
1295
1143
1500
1448
1295
SH2000S.WK4-11
FIG. 6
CYLINDER PIPE GUIDE(SPIDER GUIDE)
SERVICE APPLICATION:
Design for use on Pipe Lines containing Expansion Joints or other critical components where lateral
pipe movement needs to be controlled. More than one Spider Guide should be used adjacent to
avoid a fulcrum, imposing lateral deflection on critical components (expansion joints). The guide can
be furnished with split sleeve or solid, and they can be modified to suit.
Please specify long or short design when ordering.
SIZE NO.
1
2
3
95
111
124
152
181
206
114
141
168
76
89
114
16
16
16
149
257
219
140
16
175
311
273
165
16
200
362
324
178
16
225
403
394
191
19
251
454
445
203
19
279
508
502
229
19
10
305
559
559
254
22
11
330
610
584
279
22
156
H006.WK4-11/28/94
INSULATED PIPE SUPPORTS

Insulated pipe supports are designed to prevent direct heat transfer between pipes and their supports. Thus, they
reduce heat loss due to conduction at each support. They serve the following purposes:
Carry the load and allow necessary movement at each support point.
Provide insulation in the support area where the regular pipe insulation cannot be installed.
Minimize the cost of field installation by reducing installation time. The supports are not welded to the
pipe and each unit is shipped completely assembled (except for the riser supports and anchor supports,
both of which require some welding).
Depending upon the application, different insulating materials such as Permali, Micarta, polyurethane and
Foamglass are used for insulated shoe supports for low-temperature lines. Marinite, high-density calcium silicate,
and Foamglass are used for insulated shoe supports for high-temperature lines.
The details of PT&Ps standard insulated pipe supports are given in this catalog. We can customize our design to
meet your particular load, bottom-of-pipe elevation, and movement requirements. We can also manufacture insulated pipe supports per your design and specification.
Standard PT&P insulated support details are categorized as described below:
Figure 4500 Insulated shoe support for hot pipe (hot shoe)
Figure 4510 Hot shoe with guide
Figure 4520 Hot shoe - anchor
Figure 4530 Hot shoe for use with clamp/clevis
Figure 4540 Hot shoe - riser clamp
Figure 4600Insulated shoe support, cold pipe (cold shoe)
Figure 4610 Cold shoe with guide
Figure 4620 Cold shoe - anchor
Figure 4630 Cold shoe for use with clamp/clevis
Figure 4640 Cold shoe - riser clamp
BONDING STRENGTH TESTING OF A LOW TEMP. ADHESIVE
HOT SHOE TESTING
Figure 4700 Insulated shoe support, non-cold pipe outside

Figure 4710 Shoe with guide
Figure 4720 Shoe - anchor
Notes: 1. When slide plates are required, please specify part numbers with the suffix SL
Example: Figure 4500-SL
2. Details for figure 4500, 4600, and 4700 are included in this catalog. Details for other types can be
furnished upon request.
157
MATERIALS USED TO MANUFACTURE

INSULATED SHOES
MICARTA INSULATED COLD SHOE
INSPECTION OF HOT SHOE

(FOAM GLASS & CALC. SIL.)
PTP BASIC DESIGNS INCORPORATE THE USE OF THE

FOLLOWING MATERIALS:
A. PERMALI (COLD SHOE)
1. Temperature Range-Ambient to -150 DEG. C
2. Compressive Strength-1,546 kg/cm2
3. Tensile Strength-1,968 kg/cm2
B. MICARTA (COLD SHOE)
2. Compressive Strength-2,742 kg/cm2
3. Tensile Strength-844 kg/cm2
PERMALI LINING FOR COLD SHOE
C. POLYURETHANE (COLD SHOE)

2. Compressive Strength-15.5 kg/cm2 - 64 kg/cm2 (Dependent on Density)
3. Tensile Strength-14 kg/cm2 - 56.2 kg/cm2
D. FOAM GLASS (COLD OR HOT SHOE)
1. Temperature Range-(232 DEG. C) to 538 DEG. C
2. Compressive Strength-7 kg/cm2
3. Tensile Strength-3.5 kg/cm2
E. MARINITE (HOT SHOE)
1. Temperature Range-Ambient to 650 DEG. C
2. Compressive Strength-140.6 kg/cm2
3. Tensile Strength-35 kg/cm2
MARINITE SECTIONS FOR HOT SHOES
F. CALCIUM SILICATE (HOT SHOE)

1. Temperature Range-Ambient to 650 DEG. C
2. Compressive Strength-11.2 kg/cm2
3. Tensile Strength-3.5 kg/cm2
158
COLD-C4.SAM-11/16/94
BASIC INSULATED SHOE DESIGNS
HOT SHOE DESIGN
COLD SHOE DESIGN
(MARINITE/CALCIUM SILICATE)
(POLYURETHANE)
FIG. 4500
FIG. 4600
COLD SHOE DESIGN

(PERMALI/MICARTA)
FIG. 4700
STAINLESS STEEL COLD SHOE w/(PERMALI LAMINATED

PHENOLIC.
SIZE RANGE: For use with 12 mm through 1800 mm, most designs. Insulation
thickness of 25 mm, 38 mm, 50 mm, 65 mm, 75 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm,
and larger sizes where specified.
HOW TO SIZE: Refer to "Insulation Chart", on the next page for sizing the
insulation material
WHEN ORDERING: Specify Figure No., pipe size, insulation thickness, and
insulating material.
EXAMPLE: PTP-4700-4-3-B
4700=Type of insulated shoe (cold)
4=Nominal pipe size
3=Insulation thickness
B=Insulating material (micarta)
159
COLD-C2.SAM-11/16/94
INSULATION CHART
NOMIINAL
INSULATION
THICKNESS
INSULATION
O.D.
APPROXIMATE
INSULATION
THICKNESS
NOMINAL
INSULATION
THICKNESS
15 (21.4 O.D.)
INSULATION
O.D.
APPROXIMATE
INSULATION
THICKNESS
NOMINAL
INSULATION
THICKNESS
80 (88.9 O.D.)
INSULATION
O.D.
APPROXIMATE
INSULATION
THICKNESS
200 (219.2 O.D.)
25
73
25
25
141
25
25
------
------
38
102
40
38
168
40
38
298
38
51
127
52
51
194
52
51
324
51
64
168
73
64
219
65
64
356
67
76
194
86
76
244
78
76
381
79
89
219
98
89
273
92
89
406
92
102
244
111
102
298
105
102
432
105
20 (26.7 O.D.)
90 (101.6 O.D.)
225 (244.6 O.D.)
25
73
22
25
168
33
25
------
------
38
102
37
38
194
46
38
324
38
51
127
49
51
219
59
51
356
51
64
168
70
64
244
71
64
381
67
76
194
83
76
273
86
76
406
79
89
219
95
89
298
98
89
432
92
102
244
108
102
324
111
102
457
105
25 (33.4 O.D.)
250 (273 O.D.)
100 (114.3 O.D.).
25
89
27
25
168
27
25
------
------
38
114
40
38
194
40
38
356
40
51
141
54
51
219
52
51
381
52
64
168
67
64
244
65
64
406
65
76
194
79
76
273
79
76
432
78
89
219
92
89
298
92
89
457
90
102
244
105
102
324
105
102
483
103
32 (42.2 O.D.)
115 (127 O.D.)
275 (298.4 O.D.)
25
89
24
25
194
33
25
------
------
38
127
43
38
219
46
38
381
40
51
141
49
51
244
59
51
406
52
64
168
64
64
273
73
64
432
65
76
194
76
76
298
86
76
457
78
89
219
89
89
324
98
89
483
90
102
244
102
102
356
114
102
508
103
40 (48.2 O.D.)
125 (141.2 O.D.)
300 (323.8 O.D.)
25
102
27
25
194
25
25
------
------
38
127
40
38
219
38
38
406
40
51
168
60
51
244
51
51
432
52
64
194
73
64
273
65
64
457
65
76
219
86
76
298
78
76
483
78
89
244
98
89
324
90
89
508
90
102
273
113
102
356
106
102
533
103
50 (60.4 O.D.)
150 (168.4 O.D.)
350 (350 O.D.)
25
114
27
25
219
24
25
------
------
38
141
40
38
244
37
38
432
37
51
168
54
51
273
51
51
457
49
64
194
67
64
298
64
64
483
62
76
219
79
76
324
76
76
508
75
89
244
92
89
356
92
89
533
87
102
273
106
102
381
105
102
559
100
65 (73.1 O.D.)
175 (193.8 O.D.)
25
127
27
25
------
------
38
168
48
38
273
38
51
194
60
51
298
51
64
219
73
64
324
64
76
244
86
76
356
79
89
273
100
89
381
92
102
298
113
102
406
105
LARGER SIZES, INSULATION O.D. ARE IN 25

mm INCREMENTS.
INSULATION THICKNESSES THRU 36" SAME
AS NOMINAL.
ALL DIMENSIONS ROUNDED TO THE
NEAREST 1.6mm.
160
INSCHART.SAM-11/28/94
FIG. 4500
INSULATED SHOE SUPPORT FOR HOT PIPE (HOT SHOE)
MATERIAL:
Shield and jacket - Galvanized carbon steel.

Insulation - Asbestos free calcium silicate and/or high density calcium silicate.
BONDING:
OPTIONS:
Insulation, galvanized jacket and shield can be bonded per customer specifications.
Support design can be modified for length, insulation thickness, higher load and axial movement.
Slide plates are available upon request. Please specify by " -SL" after figure number.
ORDERING:
Specify figure number, pipe size and insulation thickness. Also specify any special dimensions.
PIPE
SIZE
mm
mm
AXIAL
MVMT.
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
mm
LOAD
APPROX.
CAPACITY WEIGHT
kg
kg
160
170
305
410
500
600
680
775
850
945
1135
18
23
35
45
49
55
58
62
87
93
105
"H" dimension given above is based on 50 mm insulation thickness. Please mention

in your inquiry if it is different than listed above.
Contact us for your requirements other than those listed above.
161
SH4500.WK4-11/22/94
FIG. 4600
INSULATED SHOE SUPPORT FOR COLD PIPE (COLD SHOE)
MATERIAL:
Shield and jacket - Galvanized carbon steel

Insulation - High density Polyurethane (PUF)
BONDING:
Galvanized jacket, vapor barrier and polyurethane insulation can be bonded

per customer specifications.
Inside surface of polyurethane insulation is covered with pressure sensitive tape
and exposed surfaces are coated with monolar mastic.
COATING:
OPTIONS:
ORDERING:
Support design can be modified for length, insulation thickness, higher load capacity,
and axial movement. Slide plates are also available upon request. Please specify by
"-SL" after figure number.
Specify figure number, pipe size and insulation thickness. Also specify any special dimensions.
Also specify any special dimensions.
PIPE
SIZE
H
mm
L
mm
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
Axial
Vertical
Movement
Load
mm
kg
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
145
275
410
675
840
1000
2680
3045
3410
3820
4590
APPROX.
WEIGHT
kg
17
20
34
45
49
56
60
65
90
96
109
"H" dimension given above is based on 50 mm insulation thickness. Please mention in your
inquiry if it is different than listed above.
Contact us for your requirements other than listed above.
162
SH4600.WK4-11/22/94
FIG. 4700
MATERIAL:
OPTIONS:
ORDERING:
CLAMPED SHOE FOR UN-INSULATED COLD LINES

Clamps and base - stainless steel, Base plate - carbon steel, Insulation - micarta or permali
Support design can be modified for length, insulation thickness and axial movement.
Slide plates and guides are also available upon request.
Specify figure number and pipe size.
PIPE
SIZE
H
mm
L
mm
AXIAL
MVMT.
mm
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
203
203
203
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
VERTICAL APPROX.
LOAD
WEIGHT
kg
kg
Contact us for your requirements other than those listed above.

163
1820
2275
2725
2725
3635
3635
3635
5455
5455
6820
6820
15
16
24
27
42
62
75
83
160
189
245
SH4700.WK4-11/22/94
7
6
1. 1872 mm VESSEL READY FOR SHIPPING

2. 624 mm STAINLESS CONE STRAINER
3. 1404 mm THICK WALL EXPANSION
JOINT
4. DOUBLE CONVOLUTION THICKWALL EXPANSION JOINT WITH
PURGING COUPLINGS
5. SPECIALLY LINED PIPE SHOES FOR
LOCAL POWER PLANT
6. 2184 mm THICK WALL EXPANSION
JOINT FOR LARGE MOVEMENT
7. IRONWORKER SHEAR IN
PRODUCTION
8. 312 mm CRADLED PIPE SHOES
164
BOLTED BASE PLATES FOR FIG. 200 SHOES

(LOWER HALF)
FIGURE 200 FULL ASSEMBLY
SLIDE
PLATES
DESCRIPTION
PAGE
6:,+ Slide Plates

6:,+Data Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Load and Temperature Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Coefficient of Friction vs. Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
6:,+ Specifications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Graphite Slide Plates

Graphite Data Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Graphite Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Slide Plate Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
165
SLIDE-2.SAM-11/21/94
SLIDE BEARING PLATES

Slide bearing plates are a very cost-effective way of providing for movement of mechanical systems. Piping Technology & Products, Inc.
supplies slide bearing plates for a variety of applications including support of piping, heavy equipment such as pressure vessels, and
structural steel members. The plates provide a surface with a low coefficient of friction which can be attached to a supporting structure.
This combination provides support while simultaneously allowing an object to move (slide) freely along the supporting surface.
Most designers use the sandwich concept when applying slide plates to their systems. Diagram A shows a sandwich composed of two
identical slide plates, one on top and another on the bottom. Each slide plate is composed of two components: a metal backing plate
(which is like the bun of the sandwich) and a low coefficient of friction material which is bonded to the metal backing plate.
In a typical application, a slide bearing plate is welded to a structural steel member which is strong enough to provide the required support, but whose coefficient of friction is too high. When the pipe supported by the member moves (due to thermal expansion, for example)
it slides across the surface of the bearing plate without contacting the steel beam. To return to our sandwich metaphor, the top half of
the sandwich is bonded to the pipe, and the bottom half to the steel beam.
One combination of materials that we recommend is that of 6:,+ bonded to stainless steel. Both materials resist oxidation and have
long lives even in stressful environments. For large slide plates, galvanized steel can be used in place of stainless to reduce the cost.
TEMPERATURE CONSIDERATIONS
6:,+ provides a low coefficient of friction for most combinations of temperature and load. Diagram B, on page 168, shows the recommended conditions for 2.4mm 6:,+. For most applications, 6:,+ is adequate when the temperature is less than 204 degrees C.
When the slide bearing plate must function at higher temperatures, graphite can be used instead of 6:,+. The load-bearing capacity of
graphite is not sensitive to increases in temperature, but the adhesive used to bond the graphite to its metal backing is. It is good practice
to use additional mechanical fasteners such as counter-sunk screws to help hold the graphite in place when the temperatures are above
500 degrees F. For combinations of temperature and load beyond the capabilities of graphite, special designs must be considered.
ATTACHMENT CONSIDERATIONS
Welding is the most common method of attaching the slide bearing plate to supporting metal structures. When this approach is used a
lip must be built since the weldings extreme temperature may break the bond between the low-friction material and the metal plate. A
6mm lip is adequate for most welded installations. When welding cannot be used (for safety or other reasons) to attach the slide
plates, bolting is the most common substitute.
Before we can begin constructing your slide bearing plates, we need to know the following:
The material you desire for the low-friction surface, based on the highest combinations of temperature and load the component
will experience. 6:,+ and graphite are the most common choices.
The desired size and shape for the low-friction surface.
The type of metal you desire for the plate backing. Most designers choose galvanized or stainless steel.
The size and shape for the metal plate backing of the low-friction surface.
Slide bearing plates are components of many products Piping Technology & Products, Inc. supplies such as guided pipe shoes and
upthrust constants. As a result, we have extensive experience in bonding 6:,+ and graphite to metal plates. Modern adhesives are
adequate for most applications. However, mechanical fasteners such as counter-sunk screws can be added when needed. If you have
unique problems, we will be happy to custom-design a practical solution to your problem.
166
AE76 SLIDE PLATE

STANDARD ASSEMBLY
FULL WELD ASSEMBLY
2 units of 2.4 mm 37)( bonded to 3 mm carbon

steel. For field tack welding. 6 mm lip. Loads to 140
kg/cm2, Temperature: -195 C to +260 C
2 units of 2.4 mm 37)( bonded to indicated backing

material with 6 mm lip all around for full welding. Loads to
140 kg/cm2, Temperature: -195 C to +260 C
ADVANTAGES
PART # -- PTP -- 2.4 mm TFE -- 10 Ga. SS -- 6 mm LIP AND

SIZE
APPLICATIONS FOR 37)(BEARING PADS
Ease of installation.
No setting problems.
Low coefficient of friction.
No surface treatments, grouting, or expensive
mechanical attachment necessary.
Chemically inert.
Unaffected by weather conditions.
Ability to absorb dirt and grit within itself.
Self-aligning when used in conjunction with
elastomeric backing pads.
Bridges:
Highway Bridges
Overpasses
Railroad Bridges
Industrial:
Heat Exchangers
Dust Collectors
Heavy Machinery
Refinery Equipment
Wind tunnels
Penstocks
Vessels
Pipelines
Air preheaters
Atomic Energy
applications
Transmission towers
Storage tanks
Offshore drilling rigs
INSTALLATION
Welding: When using a standard assembly merely
tack weld with electric arc along the outside edge two
inches on center with quarter-inch tack. If a full weld
is desired, use full weld assembly. A full one-quarter
inch weld is then used along the sides of the plates to
the substrate, preventing seepage of water between
the37)( bearing and the support structure.
Installation in Concrete: Secure the top and bottom
elements together with paper adhesive tape. Then
attach the bottom element anchor bolts with wire to
the form. After the bottom pour is made, repeat on
top element. During the first expansive cycle, the
tape will break.
REV.1
Architectural in Wood, Concrete, or Steel:

Cross beam and girder slip joints
Roof slabs and corbels
Vibration pads
Airport hangar doors
Domes
167
11/15/94
AE76 TEMPERATURE AND FRICTION GRAPHS

It has been determined from basic
testing that the "ideal" thickness of
6:,+ should be 2.4mm. If the design
engineer follows the given chart (left)
for the Effect of Temperature on 6:,+
there will not be a failure.
EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE
on the allow able unit load
4
Thousands
Allow able Unit Load (psi)
0
- 200
200
400
600
37)( Temperature (deg. F)
COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION
Effect o f Lo ad
0.25
0.2
Coefficient of Friction
The Coefficient of Friction of

6:,+ slide plates has been variously
reported to be from 0.01 to 0.2. This
depends on the surface preparation,
loading, velocity, and the duration of
the test. Bonding 6:,+ to metal
increases the load capabilities in
excess of 140 kg/cm2. This table
shows the coefficient of friction due to
the load applied.
A maximum
coefficient of 0.1 can be used in
6:,+ slide bearing designs without
considering
sliding
speed,
temperature, or maintenance.
0.15
0.1
0.05
0
0
2
Thousands
A llo wable Unit Lo ad (psi)
168
TEFGRAPH.SAM-11/15/94
AE76 SPECIFICATIONS
MECHANICAL
Property
Value
ASTM Test Method
Specific Gravity Measured
2.1 - 2.3
D638
Water Absorption (%)
0.013
D570-59T
Hardness, Shore D
@ 25.5C
@ 148C
57
56
Wear Factor K
less than 10 X 10-10
Tensile Strength (kg/cm2)
140 min.
D1457-56T
Tensile Elongation (%)
200-250
D1457-56T
D2240
Flexural Strength (kg/cm )
42.6
D790-59T
4
1.68 x 10
D638
Compressive Strength, (kg/cm )

0.2% offset
131.5
D695-54
Deformation at 25.5C, 140 kg/cm2

24 hr.
Permanent Deformation (%)
7.1
3.9
D621-59 (modified)
Deformation at 25.5C, 140 kg/cm2

100 hr.
Permanent Deformation (%)
8.9
4.4
Modulus (psi)
2
ELECTRICAL
0.06 for loads

>35kg/cm2 static
Property
Value
Modified
ASTM Test Method
Dielectrical Strength in air (v per mil)
327
D149A
Dielectric Constant @ 60 cps
2.63
D150-54T
Volume Resistivity (ohm-cm)
THERMAL
13
D257-57T
10
Property
Value
ASTM Test Method
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion

(per deg F)
6.98 x 10-5
D694-44
Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity

(Btu-In.) hr-sq. (ft. deg. F)
3.12
Cenco-Fitch
Continuous Service Temperature (C)
288
Various
Weatherability
Unaffected
Physical exposure
6:,+SLIDE PLATE WITH POLISHED STAINLESS STL. 6:,+ BONDED TO BOTTOM OF FABRICATED SHOES
REV.1
169
TEFTABLE.SAM-11/15/94
GRAPHITE
STANDARD ASSEMBLY
2 units of Graphite bonded to indicated backing

material with 12mm lip all around for full welding.
Loads to 140 kg/cm2, Temperature: +538C air,
+1650 inert
2 units of Graphite bonded to 3 mm carbon steel. For

field tack welding. 6mm lip. Loads to 140 kg/cm2,
Temperature: +538C air, +1650 inert
PART # -- PTP -- Graphite (12 mm or 6 mm) -- 10 Ga. SS -- 6

mm LIP AND SIZE
ADVANTAGES
APPLICATIONS FOR GRAPHITE
High operating temperature.

Ease of installation.
No setting problems.
Low coefficient of friction.
No surface treatments, grouting, or expensive
mechanical attachment necessary.
Chemically inert.
Unaffected by weather conditions.
Ability to absorb dirt and grit within itself.
Self-aligning when used in conjunction with
elastomeric backing pads.
Bridges:
Highway Bridges
Overpasses
Railroad Bridges
GRAPHITE SLIDE PLATES
Industrial:
Heat Exchangers
Dust Collectors
Heavy Machinery
Refinery Equipment
Wind tunnels
Penstocks
Vessels
Pipelines
Air preheaters
Atomic Energy
applications
Transmission towers
Storage tanks
Offshore drilling rigs
INSTALLATION
Welding: When using a standard assembly merely
tack weld with electric arc along the outside edge two
inches on center with quarter-inch tack. If a full weld
is desired, use full weld assembly. A full one-quarter
inch weld is then used along the sides of the plates to
the substrate, preventing seepage of water between
the Graphite bearing and the support structure.
Architectural in Wood, Concrete, or Steel

Cross beam and girder slip joints
Roof slabs and corbels
Vibration pads
Airport hangar doors
Domes
Installation in Concrete: Secure the top and bottom

elements together with paper adhesive tape. Then
attach the bottom element anchor bolts with wire to
the form. After the bottom pour is made, repeat on
top element. During the first expansive cycle, the
tape will break.
FULL WELD ASSEMBLY
170
GRAPHITE.SAM-11/15/94
GRAPHITE SPECIFICATIONS
Property
(Room Temperature)
Units
Average
Units (metric)
Average
Bulk Density
lbs./ft.3
99.26
Mg/m3
1.59
Specific Resistance
With Grain
Across Grain
-4
10 ohm-in.
Flexural Strength
With Grain
Across Grain
psi
Tensile Strength
With Grain
Across Grain
psi
Compressive Strength
With Grain
Across Grain
psi
Young's Modulus
With Grain
Across Grain
Coefficient of Thermal
Expansion
With Grain
Across Grain
Thermal Conductivity
With Grain
Across Grain
ohm-meter
3.33
4.74
1297
995
713
630
2877
2802
106 psi
0.96
0.61
10-6/F
8.47
12.05
k Pa
(kN/m2)
k Pa
(kN/m2)
k Pa
(kN/m2)
M Pa
(MN/m2)
8940
6860
4920
4340
19840
19320
6620
4210
10-6/C
0.72
1.35
1.32
2.43
W/mC
BTUft.
hr.ft.2F
88
62
Permeability
With Grain
Across Grain
152
107
Darcy's
0.493
0.444
0.15
0.15
13 mm THK. GRAPHITE BOLTED TO THE BOTTOM OF A SHOE
GUIDED BASE FOR SLIDING PIPE SHOES
This information is not to be taken as a warranty or representation for which we assume legal responsibility nor as permission or
recommendation to practice any patented invention without a license. It is offered solely for your consideration, investigation, and verification.
171
GRAPHTBL.SAM-11/15/94
STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE BEARING PLATES

& PTFE SLIDE BEARING PLATES
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
(A) WIDTH AND LENGTH OF BEARING ELEMENT
(B) THICKNESS AND MATERIAL FOR BACKING PLATE
(C) PTFE OR STAINLESS STEEL PADS.
(D) AMOUNT OF RECESS FOR WELDING, IF REQUIRED
SLIDE PLATES FOR WELDING

TO MATING SURFACES
NOTES:
1. PRESSURE RANGE 5.3 kg/cm2 TO 140 kg/cm2.
2. TEMPERATURE RANGE: -195C TO +204C
3. ALTERNATE BACKING MATERIALS ARE
AVAILABLE.
SLIDE PLATES FOR DEFLECTION

& EXPANSION AT HIGHER LOADS
NOTES:
3. ALTERNATE THICKNESSES OF REINFORCED
ELASTOMER AVAILABLE
SLIDE PLATES FOR

HIGHER LOAD CAPACITIES
NOTES:
3. ALTERNATE BACKING MATERIALS ARE
AVAILABLE.
SLIDE PLATES FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE

& HIGH LOAD BEARING
NOTES:
1. PRESSURE RANGE 7 kg/cm2 TO 175 kg/cm2.
2. TEMPERATURE RANGE 12 mm INSULATOR
+204C TO +426C
3. COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION
0.08 @ MIN. PRESS., 0.06 @ MAX. PRESS.
172
SSANDTEF.SAM-11/16/94
2600 mm MULTI-BELLOWS EXPANSION JOINT
5200 mm SLIP-TYPE EXPANSION JOINT
EXPANSION
JOINTS
1872 mmTHICK-WALL EXPANSION JOINT IN FABRICATION
Description
.........................................................
Page
Metal Bellows Fabricated Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175-177

Thick-Wall Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Slip-Type Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Fabric Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Furnace Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
173
EXPAN-3.SAM-11/21/94
EXPANSION JOINTS
Piping Technology & Products, Inc. offers a wide variety of expansion joint products and services. If you are
replacing an existing joint which has performed for its expected life or if you have completed your design for a new
application, we can fabricate and test the unit to your specifications. If you have an existing expansion joint which
has not performed in a satisfactory manner, we can propose alternative designs for your consideration. When necessary we will build prototypes and conduct tests to help evaluate units prior to installation. Many of our expansion
joints are custom-made for a particular application. The general categories we supply can be described by the
materials used and the type of movement provided for.
METAL BELLOWS FABRICATED EXPANSION JOINTS

The convolutions in the bellows provide for axial, lateral, and some angular movement in a system such as that of
a pipeline connecting pumps and vessels. Flanged-end or welded-end expansion joints can be quickly fabricated
using standard, off-the-shelf bellows. Ties, hinges, or other accessories can be added to provide for greater angular and lateral movements. Universal and double expansion joints each use two bellows in their design. The number and shape of the bellows, the metal used, and the degree to which the joint must be able to move are the main
factors in determining the wear-out failure rate of these devices. Of course, one event, a force or pressure well
beyond the design limits, could cause sudden failure.
THICK-WALL EXPANSION JOINTS

These may be cost-effective for large-diameter piping systems which operate at low pressure. Metals can be
selected to satisfy different temperature conditions. The distribution of axial, angular, and lateral forces will be different when thick-wall expansion joints are used. We can provide your design engineers with the potential forces
and movements for proper design of the structural members supporting the system. These joints have a long life
which justifies the initial investment.

These are often used in ducts which carry hot gases at low pressures. The major design parameters are the temperatures and flow rates of the gases and the amount and abrasiveness of solids suspended in the gases. Layers
of different fabrics, insulation, and metal foils can be combined to accommodate the temperatures and pressures in
the system. The fabric belt may need to be replaced periodically.
SLIP-TYPE EXPANSION JOINTS

These are used when the primary problem is a large axial movement. Materials can be selected to accommodate
high temperatures and pressures. Design details include selection of packing and seals, and perhaps resistance to
abrasive solids. Some applications may require special surfaces to minimize abrasive wear. Special features such
as wipers can be included to prevent potential clogging of the space provided for slip movement.
INSTALLING YOUR EXPANSION JOINTS

Select a particular joints size and shape to provide linkage to the system where it is installed. Bolted flanges are
often easy to install. In some cases, it may be necessary to weld the expansion joint into a pipe. We can fabricate
alternative designs to satisfy special requirements.
SELECTING AN EXPANSION JOINT

When placing your order, you must provide information about the size of your connecting system and the medium
flowing in the system, as well as the pressures, temperatures, and movements you expect the joint will be subjected to during its service life. We look forward to serving your needs.
174
85 PSIG
SINGLE AND MULTI-PLY STAINLESS
STEEL EXPANSION JOINT BELLOWS
321 S.S. Bellows with Welding Aide.
U. S. BELLOWS, INC.
Monel and Inconel available on request.
A DIVISION OF PIPING TECHNOLOGY
Notes:
& PRODUCTS, INC.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ND
MM
20
25
40
50
65
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
Part
Number
S007050C
L007050C
S010050C
L010050C
S015050C
L015050C
US-2-8-85S
US-2-12-85L
US-2.5-8-85S
US-2.5-12-85L
US-3-8-85S
US-3-12-85L
US-4-8-85S
US-4-12-85L
US-5-8-85S
US-5-12-85L
US-6-8-85S
US-6-12-85L
US-8-8-85S
US-8-12-85L
US-10-8-85S
US-10-12-85L
US-12-8-85S
US-12-12-85L
US-14-8-85S
US-14-12-85L
US-16-8-85S
US-16-12-85L
US-18-8-85S
US-18-12-85L
US-20-8-85S
US-20-12-85L
US-22-8-85S
US-22-12-85L
US-24-8-85S
US-24-12-85L
Max. AxialMax. LateralMax. Angular

Movement Movement Movement
mm
mm
deg.
15
20
15
22
15
24
16
24
34
28
18
27
24
37
24
36
28
42
27
41
51
60
53
80
52
78
52
78
52
77
51
77
58
87
57
86
12
18
7
15
6
15
6
13
10
13
4
10
5
11
4
9
5
11
4
9
11
21
10
23
9
21
8
18
7
16
6
14
7
15
6
13
300 mm EXPANSION JOINT METAL BELLOWS ON PALLETS
REV.1-4/23/99
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Pressure Range: Vacuum to 50 PSIG for 20 mm to 38 mm, 50 mm and over, 85 PSIG

Temperature Range: -28C to 426C.
Rated cycle life is 3000 cycles per EJMA for any one tabulated movement.
Maximum axial extension movement is 50% of the tabulated axial movement.
Rated extension movement is equal to rated axial movement provided the bellows
is pre-compressed the amount of design extension.
Maximum test pressure: 1.5x design preesure
: ASTM A240-T321SS
Materials-- Bellows
-- Welding Aide: ASTM A240-T321SS
Flanges or welds ends can be attached to the bellows 1.6 mm thk (min.) Welding aide
For more details request PT&P's Expansion Joint Catalog.
B.F.L.
mm
70
90
56
76
60
92
76
114
76
114
76
114
76
114
76
114
102
152
102
152
203
305
203
305
203
305
203
305
203
305
203
305
203
305
203
305
Number of
Corrugations
13
17
9
13
10
16
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
900mm SINGLE GIMBAL
175
O.A.L.
mm
89
109
75
95
80
111
127
165
127
165
127
165
127
165
127
165
152
203
152
203
254
356
254
356
254
356
254
356
254
356
254
356
254
356
254
356
Weight Axial Spring Lateral Spring Angular Spring

Each
Rate
Rate
Rate
kg
kg/mm
kg/mm
kg/mm/deg.
0.04
0.04
0.05
0.05
0.07
0.09
0.23
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.91
0.45
0.91
1.36
1.82
1.36
2.27
2.73
4.55
4.09
5.91
4.55
6.36
7.27
10.00
8.18
11.36
9.09
12.73
10.45
15.00
11.36
16.36
7.0
5.4
6.9
4.8
9.2
5.8
3.4
5.0
2.0
3.9
7.2
4.8
4.6
3.1
5.8
3.9
9.6
6.4
12.6
8.4
9.8
13.0
12.7
8.5
14.0
9.3
18.5
12.3
20.9
13.9
23.3
15.5
19.1
12.7
20.8
13.9
1.7
0.7
4.9
1.6
11.1
2.7
4.1
2.7
3.8
3.3
19.2
5.7
20.3
6.0
37.1
11.0
48.8
14.5
104.0
30.8
31.0
18.3
56.7
16.8
74.4
22.0
128.8
38.2
181.2
53.7
246.1
72.9
244.1
72.3
314.6
93.2
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.07
0.05
0.09
0.25
0.16
0.27
0.18
0.48
0.32
1.14
0.75
2.43
1.61
2.89
3.84
5.29
3.52
6.93
4.61
11.98
8.00
16.86
11.25
22.91
15.27
22.72
15.15
29.29
19.52
EXTERNALLY PRESSURIZED EXP. JT.
85 psig.wk4-12/8/94
150 PSIG
321 S.S. Bellows with Welding Aide
U. S. BELLOWS, INC.
Notes:
& PRODUCTS, INC.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ND
mm
20
25
38
50
65
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
Part
Number
S007150C
L007150C
S010150C
L010150C
S015150C
L015150C
US-2-8-150S
US-2-12-150L
US-2.5-8-150S
US-2.5-12-150L
US-3-8-150S
US-3-12-150L
US-4-8-150S
US-4-12-150L
US-5-8-150S
US-5-12-150L
US-6-8-150S
US-6-12-150L
US-8-8-150S
US-8-12-150L
US-10-8-150S
US-10-12-150L
US-12-8-150S
US-12-12-150L
US-14-8-150S
US-14-12-150L
US-16-8-150S
US-16-12-150L
US-18-8-150S
US-18-12-150L
US-20-8-150S
US-20-12-150L
US-22-8-150S
US-22-12-150L
US-24-8-150S
US-24-12-150L
Max. Axial Max. Lateral Max. Angular

mm
mm
deg.
8.4
11.9
9.9
13.5
10.4
15.0
8.6
13.0
17.5
19.8
16.8
20.8
17.8
26.7
17.5
26.2
21.1
31.8
20.6
31.0
37.6
56.4
39.1
58.7
38.9
58.4
38.6
57.9
38.1
57.4
37.8
56.9
37.8
56.6
37.3
56.1
3.6
6.4
3.0
4.8
2.5
4.8
3.0
7.1
5.1
8.6
4.1
7.9
3.3
7.6
2.8
6.4
3.8
8.6
2.8
6.6
8.4
19.1
7.4
16.8
6.6
15.2
5.8
13.2
5.1
11.9
4.6
10.7
4.3
9.7
2.8
6.6
900 mm PRESSURE BALANCED EXP. JT. RATED FOR 10.5

kg/sq cm
REV.1-4/23/99
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
10
8
10
8
10
5
8
Pressure Range: Vacuum to 150 PSIG.

Temperature Range: -28 C to 426 C.
Materials-- Bellows
: ASTM A240-T321SS
Flanges or welds ends can be attached to the bellows 1.6mm thk (min.) Welding aide.
B.F.L.
mm
41
56
40
49
44
60
76
114
76
114
76
114
76
114
76
114
102
152
102
152
203
305
203
305
203
305
203
305
203
305
203
305
203
305
203
305
Number of
Corrugations
O.A.L.
7
10
6
8
7
10
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
60
75
59
68
64
80
127
165
127
165
127
165
127
165
127
165
152
203
152
203
254
356
254
356
254
356
254
356
254
356
254
356
254
356
254
356
mm
1800 mm DIAMETER THIN WALL DUCT EXP.

JT. RATED FOR 50 P.S.I.
176
Weight
Each
kg
0.03
0.03
0.04
0.04
0.06
0.07
0.23
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.9
0.9
1.4
1.4
1.8
1.8
2.7
4.1
5.9
7.3
10.5
8.2
11
9
13
10
15
12
16
13
18
14
20
Axial Spring Lateral Spring Angular Spring

Rate
Rate
Rate
kg/mm
kg/mm
kg/mm/deg.
13
9
10
8
13
9
22
14
6
10
7
7
11
8
14
9
19
13
25
17
25
16
33
22
36
24
41
28
47
31
52
35
58
38
63
42
11
4
17
7
32
11
26
8
11
8
19
8
50
15
91
27
98
29
208
62
80
24
150
45
197
58
289
86
407
120
552
164
729
216
940
279
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.34
0.23
0.14
0.23
0.25
0.25
0.64
0.43
1.18
0.79
2.27
1.52
4.84
3.23
7.41
4.95
14
9
18
12
27
18
38
25
51
34
68
45
88
58
250 mm DIAMETER MULTI-BELLOWS EXP.
150psig.wk4-12/8/94
300 PSIG
321 S.S. Bellows with Welding Aide
U. S. BELLOWS, INC.
Notes:
& PRODUCTS, INC.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ND
mm
20
25
38
50
65
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
Part
Number
S007300C
L007300C
S010300C
L010300C
S015300C
L015300C
US-2-8-300S
US-2-12-300L
US-2.5-8-300S
US-2.5-12-300L
US-3-8-300S
US-3-12-300L
US-4-8-300S
US-4-12-300L
US-5-8-300S
US-5-12-300L
US-6-8-300S
US-6-12-300L
US-8-8-300S
US-8-12-300L
US-10-8-300S
US-10-12-300L
US-12-8-300S
US-12-12-300L
US-14-8-300S
US-14-12-300L
US-16-8-300S
US-16-12-300L
US-18-8-300S
US-18-12-300L
US-20-8-300S
US-20-12-300L
US-22-8-300S
US-22-12-300L
US-24-8-300S
US-24-12-300L
HINGED EXPANSION JOINT
REV.1-4/23/99
Max. Axial Max. Lateral Max. Angular

mm
mm
deg.
5.8
8.9
7.4
10.9
8.9
13.0
8.1
12.2
19.6
22.6
14.5
21.6
19.6
29.5
18.8
28.2
21.3
32.0
20.8
31.2
38.6
57.9
39.9
59.9
39.4
58.9
38.9
58.4
38.9
58.2
38.4
57.7
35.6
53.6
40.6
61.2
2.5
6.4
3.0
6.9
3.3
7.4
3.0
6.9
7.6
13.2
4.8
10.7
5.1
11.4
4.1
9.1
3.8
8.6
2.8
6.6
9.7
22.1
8.4
19.3
7.6
17.3
6.6
15.2
5.8
13.5
5.3
12.2
4.1
9.1
3.8
8.9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
10
8
10
6
10
6.85
10
Pressure Range: Vacuum to 300 PSIG.

Temperature Range: -28C to 426C.
Materials-- Bellows
: ASTM A240-T321SS
Flanges or welds ends can be attached to the bellows 1.6mm thk (min.) Welding aide.
B.F.L.
mm
41
60
49
70
60
103
76
114
102
152
102
152
102
152
102
152
102
152
102
152
229
343
229
343
229
343
229
343
229
343
229
343
203
305
203
305
Number of
Corrugations
O.A.L.
7
11
8
12
10
15
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
8
12
60
80
68
89
80
122
127
165
152
203
152
203
152
203
152
203
152
203
152
203
279
394
279
394
279
394
279
394
279
394
279
394
254
356
254
356
MULTI-PLY UNIVERSAL EXPANSION
177
mm
Weight
Each
kg
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.13
0.23
0.45
0.45
0.91
0.91
1.4
1.4
1.8
1.8
2.3
2.3
2.7
2.7
3.6
8.2
11.8
14.5
20.5
16.4
22.7
18.6
25.9
20.9
29.1
23.2
32.3
25.0
34.5
29.1
40.9
Axial Spring Lateral Spring Angular Spring

Rate
Rate
Rate
kg/mm
kg/mm
kg/mm/deg.
28.7
18.3
24.8
21.9
40.7
27.1
21.5
14.4
13.1
22.4
41.4
27.6
25.6
17.1
32.1
21.4
28.1
18.8
37.1
24.7
55.4
36.9
74.0
49.3
81.5
54.4
93.7
62.4
105.8
70.5
117.9
78.6
130.1
86.7
104.2
69.5
24.9
6.4
29.4
8.7
48.8
14.4
25.9
7.7
14.0
10.6
62.1
18.4
63.1
18.7
115.1
34.1
141.1
41.8
301.3
89.3
141.7
42.0
268.5
79.5
351.2
104.1
516.2
152.9
726.1
215.1
986.3
292.2
1648.1
488.3
1572.7
466.0
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.6
1.4
1.0
1.5
1.0
2.7
1.8
3.3
2.2
7.0
4.7
16.7
11.1
31.6
21.1
41.4
27.6
60.8
40.5
85.5
57.0
116.2
77.5
153.4
102.3
146.4
97.6
2870mm DIAMETER UNIVERSAL EXPANSION JOINT
300psig.wk4-12/8/94
THICK-WALL EXPANSION JOINTS
SLIP-TYPE EXPANSION JOINTS
178
THICK.SAM-11/7/94
Round Fabric Duct Expansion Joint

DUCT EXPANSION JOINT
(Low Temperature)
Square Fabric Duct Expansion Joint
Rectangular & Round

Pressure:
0.21 kg/cm2 (Max.), Positive Pressure only
Temperature:
205 C (Max.) -- 4.5 C (Min.)
Movements -Flange-to-Flange Dimension
Axial Compression
Axial Extension
Lateral offset
250
300
350
400
450
13
25
38
64
76
13
13
13
13
13
13
19
25
25
DUCT EXPANSION JOINT

(High temperature - up to 650 C)
Fabric Expansion Joint for High Temp/ Low Pressure
Inspection of a Fabric Expansion Joint
Rectangular & Round

0.21 kg/cm2 (Max.),656 mm H2O (Vacuum
Pressure:
Max.)
Temperature:
Movements -Axial Compression
Axial Extension
Lateral offset
315 C (Max.), -- 4.5 C (Min.) specify

Flange-to-Flange Dimension
250
300
350
400
450
13
19
32
38
51
13
13
13
13
13
6
10
13
19
25
179
FABRIC.SAM-11/7/94
FURNACE SEALING BAGS

A special type of high-temperature fabric expansion joint developed by Piping Technology & Products, Inc. is the
furnace sealing bag. The pictures below show examples. The objective of the bag is to seal a furnace around the
air inlet conduits and thus prevent heat loss. Because of thermal expansion of both the conduits and the furnace,
the bag must be able to expand and contract during normal cycles of operation.
The bag consists of a tapered sleeve formed from layers of flexible, flame- and heat-resistant impervious fabric,
which is connected at its upper end to another sleeve in the furnace floor. The lower end of the bag is connected
to the air inlet conduit (usually a pipe) so as to form an airtight seal. The connection to this pipe is made such that
the fabric is collapsed when the furnace is cold and extended when the furnace is hot. When required, a tapered
coil spring formed from suitable metal is installed around the conduit inside the bag. This prevents the fabric from
collapsing inward during vacuum conditions inside the furnace. For most applications, band straps may be used to
attach the bag at both ends.
This expansion joint provides a simple and cost-effective solution to a problem with potentially high energy losses.
These bags function through the maintenance shut-down cycles for large furnaces and can be replaced after several years of operation.
LAYERED FURNACE SEALING BAG
FURNACE SEALING BAG
180
furbag.qxd-11/94
Anchor Bolts
MISCELLANEOUS
Instrument
Support
Component
Spectacle Blinds
Piping Technology & Products, Inc. will provide the miscellaneous pieces of
equipment you need to support and complete your application installation. The
versatility of the components listed below is ideal for maximizing the effectiveness
of any piping system. PT&P's engineers will be glad to discuss with you the
benefits of these pieces and will help you complete the design for your application.
EMBED PLATES FOR VENEZUELA PROJECT
Description
FIGURE 8 SPECTACLE BLINDS
.................................................................
Page
Instrument Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182-185

Anchor Bolts and Imbeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Blinds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
181
MISC-2.SAM-11/21/94
INSTRUMENT SUPPORT COMPONENTS

PT & P OFFERS A COMPLETE LINE OF ADJUSTABLE
INSTRUMENT SUPPORT COMPONENTS WHICH, WHEN
COMBINED, WILL CREATE VARIOUS CONFIGURATIONS
TO YOUR EXACT REQUIREMENTS OR INDIVIDUAL
NEEDS. WE ALSO PROVIDE WELDED INSTRUMENT
SUPPORTS FABRICATED ACCORDING TO YOUR
SPECIFICATIONS.
INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENT SUPPORTS

WELDED INSTRUMENT SUPPORTS READY FOR SHIPMENT
WELDED
INSTRUMENT
SUPPORT
INSTRUMENT SUPPORTS READY FOR FINAL INSPECTION
ADJUSTABLE
INSTRUMENT
SUPPORT
INS-SUPP.SAM-11/16/94
182
ADJUSTABLE INSTRUMENT
SUPPORT COMPONENTS
PRIMARY SUPPORT COMPONENTS ARE AVAILABLE IN VARIOUS
MOUNT STYLES, INCLUDING FLOOR MOUNTS, WALL MOUNTS,
U-BOLT MOUNTS, AND CABLE MOUNTS. THESE PRIMARY
MOUNTS CAN BE USED INDEPENDENTLY OR TOGETHER WITH
SECONDARY COMPONENTS TO CONSTRUCT VARIOUS
PACKAGES FOR INDIVIDUAL NEEDS.
PTP-IS-660: 50 mm S QUARE EXTENSION COMPONENT, 400

mm LONG, WITH 50 mm U-BOLT MOUNT, FOR CONSTRUCTING
VARIOUS INSTRUMENT SUPPORT CONFIGURATIONS.
PTP-IS-600: PRIMARY COMPONENT HAS A 50 mm PIPE
EXTENSION 1370 mm LONG, DESIGNED FOR GRADE
MOUNTING OF INSTRUMENT ASSEMBLIES, COMES WITH
SLOTTED HOLE IN BASE.
PTP-IS-630: PRIMARY COMPONENT HAS A 50 mm P IPE, AT A

RIGHT ANGLE WITH A VERTICAL LEG, DESIGNED FOR
MOUNTING ON HORIZONTAL LINES.
PTP-IS-620: PRIMARY COMPONENT HAS A 50 mm PIPE, AT A

RIGHT ANGLE WITH A VERTICAL LEG, DESIGNED FOR
MOUNTING ON VERTICAL LINES.
PTP-IS-610: PRIMARY COMPONENT HAS A 50 mm SQUARE

EXTENSION 400 mm LONG, DESIGNED FOR MOUNTING ON
VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL LINES.
183
ADJUST1.SAM-11/28/94
ADJUSTABLE INSTRUMENT
SUPPORT COMPONENTS
NOTE:
THE EXTENSION LENGTHS SHOWN ON PRIMARY COMPONENTS
ARE STANDARD, OTHER LENGTHS CAN BE FURNISHED ON
REQUEST.
PTP-IS-690 PRIMARY COMPONENT, 50mm SQUARE

EXTENSION 400mm LONG, DESIGNED FOR
MOUNTING ON WALLS AND COLUMNS.
PTP-IS-640:
FEMALE ADAPTOR WITH 65mm
EXTENSION 50mm LONG, PROVIDES FEMALE
CONNECTION TO 50mm PIPE COMPONENTS,
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTING
MULTIPLE
INSTRUMENT SUPPORT SYSTEMS.
PTP-IS-650:
ADAPTOR
EXTENSION 200mm LG.
PTP-IS-670: 50mm SQUARE COMPONENT, 600mm

LONG, DESIGNED FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTING
MULTIPLE SUPPORT MOUNTS AND OTHER
APPLICABLE CONFIGURATIONS AS REQUIRED.
PTP-IS-680:
SECONDARY COMPONENT, WITH
50mm U-BOLT MOUNT, PROVIDES AUXILARY
EQUIPMENT
MOUNT
AND/OR
FLAG
FOR
IDENTIFICATION.
184
WITH
50mm
PIPE
ADJUST2.SAM-11/28/94
WELDED
INSTRUMENT SUPPORTS
WELDED INSTRUMENT SUPPORTS MAY BE
FABRICATED IN ANY DESIRED CONFIGURATION
ACCORDING TO CUSTOMERS' INDIVIDUAL
REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS.
EXAMPLES OF VARIOUS WELDED INSTRUMENT

SUPPORT CONFIGURATIONS
185
WELD.SAM-11/28/94
ANCHOR BOLTS
MATERIAL: Carbon steel
FINISH:
Black, galvanized or painted
ORDERING: Order by type, finish, dimensions,
nuts and washers if required.
Example: 100 pcs. type 2 anchor
bolt with one hex nut and one plain
washer: A=25mm, D=600mm,
B=150mm, J=200mm
FLOW PRODUCTS
FLAME CUTTING, MACHINING AND FABRICATING
MATERIAL: Carbon steel, Stainless steel, Alloy steel

ORDERING: Line size, rating, drawing, material, etc.
Bleed Rings
Plate Flanges
Line Blinds
Orifice Plates
Bellmouth Reducer
186
Y-Strainers
ANCHOR.SAM-11/28/94
INDEX OF CATALOG BY FIGURE NUMBER

FIGURE NUMBER
PAGE
Fig. 2: Adjustable Band Hanger...........................................................................................................104
Fig. 6: Cylinder Pipe Guide (Spider Guide)..........................................................................................156
Fig. 20: Welded Beam Attachment ......................................................................................................110
Fig. 30: Turnbuckle ..............................................................................................................................117
Fig. 40: Weldless Eye Nut....................................................................................................................117
Fig. 42: Yoke U-Bolt, Standard ............................................................................................................105
Fig. 43: Yoke U-Bolt, Heavy Duty ........................................................................................................105
Fig. 46: Adjustable Pipe Saddle Support .............................................................................................123
Fig. 48: Pipe Saddle Support With U-Bolt............................................................................................124
Fig. 50: Light Two-Bolt Pipe Clamp .....................................................................................................96
Fig. 60: Heavy Two-Bolt Pipe Clamp ...................................................................................................97
Fig. 70: Light Three-Bolt Pipe ClampCS ..........................................................................................98
Fig. 70A: Light Three-Bolt Pipe ClampAlloy .....................................................................................99
Fig. 72: Welding Lug............................................................................................................................111
Fig. 73: Concrete Clevis Plate .............................................................................................................112
Fig. 74: Concrete Single Lug Plate ......................................................................................................112
Fig. 75: Channel Assembly..................................................................................................................113
Fig. 80: Heavy Duty Double Bolt Pipe ClampCS..............................................................................100
Fig. 83: Adjustable Clevis Hanger........................................................................................................106
Fig. 89: Clevis Hanger for Insulated Lines...........................................................................................107
Fig. 90: Riser Clamp ............................................................................................................................101
Fig. 92: Steel Washer Plate .................................................................................................................118
Fig. 95: Forged Steel Clevis ................................................................................................................119
Fig. 100: Long Tangent U-Bolt .............................................................................................................119
Fig. 110: Eye Rod, Welded ..................................................................................................................120
Fig. 120: Eye Rod, Not Welded ...........................................................................................................120
Fig. 122: All-Threaded Rod..................................................................................................................121
Fig. 126: Linked Eye Rod, Welded ......................................................................................................121
Fig. 127: Linked Eye Rod ....................................................................................................................121
Fig. 128: Hanger Rod; Threaded Both Ends, RH ................................................................................122
Fig. 129: Hanger Rod; Threaded One End RH, One End LH ..............................................................122
Fig. 130: Beam Clamp .........................................................................................................................114
Fig. 135: Malleable Beam Clamp.........................................................................................................115
Fig. 140: Heavy Duty Beam Clamp .....................................................................................................115
Fig. 183: Insulation Protection Shield ..................................................................................................125
Fig. 184: Pipe Covering Saddle For 26mm Insulation ................................................................................126
Fig. 185: Pipe Covering Saddle For 26-13mm Insulation ..........................................................................126
Fig. 187: Pipe Covering Saddle For 52-13mm Insulation ..........................................................................127
Fig. 190: Fabricated Riser Clamp ........................................................................................................102
Fig. 195: Roller Hanger........................................................................................................................108
Rev. 1-4/12/99
187
xref.qxd
INDEX OF CATALOG BY FIGURE NUMBER

FIGURE NUMBER
PAGE
Fig. 200: Trapeze Roller Hanger..........................................................................................................109
Fig. 210: Adjustable Pipe Roll Support ................................................................................................128
Fig. 215: Roller Chair...........................................................................................................................128
Fig. 230: Roller Stand ..........................................................................................................................129
Fig. 240: Adjustable Roller Stand ........................................................................................................130
Fig. 260: Adjustable Elbow Support.....................................................................................................131
Fig. 270: Horizontal Travelers..............................................................................................................116
Fig. 400: Light Duty Spring ..................................................................................................................30
Fig. 500: Big Ton Spring Support.........................................................................................................31-32
Fig. 550: Vibration Control and Sway Brace ........................................................................................80
Fig. 555: Vibration Control and Sway Brace ........................................................................................81-82
Fig. 2100: Hydraulic Shock and Sway Suppressor (Snubber).............................................................83
Fig. 2110: Sway Strut...........................................................................................................................86
Fig. 2120: Sway Strut, Field Welded....................................................................................................87
Fig. PTP1: Short Variable Spring .........................................................................................................19-20
Fig. PTP2: Standard Variable Spring ...................................................................................................21-23
Fig. PTP4: Double Variable Spring ......................................................................................................24-25
Fig. PTP6: Triple Variable Spring.........................................................................................................26-27
Fig. PTP8: Quadruple Variable Spring.................................................................................................28-29
Fig. PTP100: Vertical Constant Spring Support...................................................................................43-60
Fig. PTP200: Horizontal Constant Spring Support ..............................................................................61-79
Fig. PTPHD1: Anchor Type Hold-Down for Pipe Line..........................................................................132
Fig. PTPHD2: Hold-Down for Lateral Restraint ...................................................................................133
Fig. PTPHD3: Arrestor Type Hold-Down .............................................................................................134
Fig. 98-Support: T-Bar without Cradle, with Slide Plate.......................................................................142
Fig. 100-Support: T-Bar Cradle Support and Structural Anchor ..........................................................141
Fig. 200-Support: T-Bar Cradle Support with Bonded or Bolted Slide Plates ......................................143
Fig. 300-Support: T-Bar Cradle Support with Guide and Slide Plates .................................................144
Fig. 400-Support: Double T-Bar Cradle Support and Structural Anchor ..............................................145
Fig. 500-Support: Double T-Bar Cradle Support with Bonded or Bolted Slide Plates..........................146
Fig. 600-Support: Double T-Bar Cradle Support with Guide and Slide Plate.......................................147
Fig. 700-Support: U-Bolt Cradle Support with Bonded or Bolted Slide Plates.....................................148
Fig. 800-Support: U-Bolt Cradle Support with Guide and Slide Plate..................................................149
Fig. 900-Support: Bolt Cradle Support with Bonded or Bolted Slide Plate...........................................150
Fig. 1000-Support: Bolt Cradle Support with Bonded or Bolted Slide Plate.........................................151
Fig. 1100-Support: Bolt Cradle Support with Guide and Slide Plate....................................................152
Fig. 1200-Support: Bolt Cradle Support with Guide and Slide Plate....................................................153
Fig. 2000-Support: Heavy-Duty Pipe Saddles .....................................................................................154
Fig. 2000-S-Support: Slide Bearing Details .........................................................................................155
Fig. 4500: Insulated Shoe Support for Hot Pipe (Hot Shoe) ................................................................161
Fig. 4600: Insulated Shoe Support for Cold Pipe (Cold Shoe) ............................................................162
Fig. 4700: Clamped Shoe for Uninsulated Cold Lines .........................................................................163
188
TERMS OF SALE
GUARANTEE: We guarantee for one year from date of delivery our manufactured products to the extent
that we will replace those having manufacturing defects when used for the purpose which we recommend.
If goods are defective, the amount of damage is the price of the damaged goods only and no allowance
will be made for labor or expense of repairing defective goods or damages resulting from the same. We
guarantee the other manufacturers products we sell to the extent of the guarantees of their respective
makers.
SELLERS LIABILITY: Seller will not be liable for any loss, damage, cost of repairs, incidental or
consequential damages of any kind, whether based upon warranty, contract or negligence, arising in
connection with the design, manufacture, sale, use or repair of the products or of the engineering designs
supplied to the Buyer.
AGREEMENTS: All agreements are subject to strikes, accidents or other causes beyond our control.
SHORTAGES: Any shortages should be made at the time of delivery to the carrier. No claims will be
allowed if not written and received within 10 days of receipt of materials.
CLAIMS: All materials sent out will be carefully examined, counted and packed. Claims for goods
damaged or lost in transit should be made on the carrier, as our responsibility ceases and the title passes.
SPECIAL ORDER: Orders covering special or non-standard goods are not subject to cancellation except
on such terms as we may specify on application.
RETURNS: We cannot accept return of any goods unless our permission has been obtained, and credit is
available subject to the following:
A. All material on its arrival at our plant, must be found in first-class condition; if not, the cost of
putting in saleable condition will be deducted from credit invoice.
B. A final deduction of twenty-five percent will be made from all credit invoices issued for material
returned.
C. Transportation charges, if not prepaid, will be deducted from credit invoice.
MINIMUM INVOICE: $75.00 - Minimum Freight $15.00
TAXES: The amount of sales, excise or other taxes, if any, applicable to the products covered by this
order, shall be added to the purchase price and shall be paid by the Buyer unless Buyer provides Seller
with an exemption certificate acceptable to the Taxing Authorities.
TERMS: Net 30 days from date of shipment with approval.
FREIGHT ALLOWANCE: All prices are F.O.B. point of shipment. All weights are approximate.
PRICES & DESIGNS: Prices and Designs are subject to change without notice and unless specifically
stated on order, materials will be furnished of design in effect at the time the order is filled.
TERMS OF SALE
GUARANTEE: We guarantee for one year from date of delivery our manufactured products to the extent
that we will replace those having manufacturing defects when used for the purpose which we recommend.
If goods are defective, the amount of damage is the price of the damaged goods only and no allowance
will be made for labor or expense of repairing defective goods or damages resulting from the same. We
guarantee the other manufacturers products we sell to the extent of the guarantees of their respective
makers.
SELLERS LIABILITY: Seller will not be liable for any loss, damage, cost of repairs, incidental or
consequential damages of any kind, whether based upon warranty, contract or negligence, arising in
connection with the design, manufacture, sale, use or repair of the products or of the engineering designs
supplied to the Buyer.
AGREEMENTS: All agreements are subject to strikes, accidents or other causes beyond our control.
SHORTAGES: Any shortages should be made at the time of delivery to the carrier. No claims will be
allowed if not written and received within 10 days of receipt of materials.
CLAIMS: All materials sent out will be carefully examined, counted and packed. Claims for goods
damaged or lost in transit should be made on the carrier, as our responsibility ceases and the title passes.
SPECIAL ORDER: Orders covering special or non-standard goods are not subject to cancellation except
on such terms as we may specify on application.
RETURNS: We cannot accept return of any goods unless our permission has been obtained, and credit is
available subject to the following:
A. All material on its arrival at our plant, must be found in first-class condition; if not, the cost of
putting in saleable condition will be deducted from credit invoice.
B. A final deduction of twenty-five percent will be made from all credit invoices issued for material
returned.
C. Transportation charges, if not prepaid, will be deducted from credit invoice.
MINIMUM INVOICE: $75.00 - Minimum Freight $15.00
TAXES: The amount of sales, excise or other taxes, if any, applicable to the products covered by this
order, shall be added to the purchase price and shall be paid by the Buyer unless Buyer provides Seller
with an exemption certificate acceptable to the Taxing Authorities.
TERMS: Net 30 days from date of shipment with approval.
FREIGHT ALLOWANCE: All prices are F.O.B. point of shipment. All weights are approximate.
PRICES & DESIGNS: Prices and Designs are subject to change without notice and unless specifically
stated on order, materials will be furnished of design in effect at the time the order is filled.
7
6
8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
2496mm I.D. TRANSITION DUCTWORK

SPOOL PIPING FABRICATION
SAMPLING POTS
ADJUSTABLE JACK STANDS FOR A
REFINERY
ELEVATOR HOPPERS
HIGH TEMPERATURE REFRACTORY
LINE DAMPERS
BELL-MOUTH REDUCERS
SPECIALLY FABRICATED RISER
CLAMP FOR A POWER PLANT
190
1. INSPECTION OF CRYOGENIC LINE ANCHORS

2. UPTHRUST CONSTANTS, 9191 Kg WITH 208mm
MOVEMENT
3. BURNY 3-PATTERN BURNING MACHINE
4. 624mm DIA. UNIVERSAL EXPANSION JOINT REPAIR/

REPLACEMENT FOR PLANT TURN-AROUND.
5. 1092 mm ALUMINUM EXPANSION JOINTS FOR
LIQUID NITROGEN SERVICE
6. BELL MOUTH REDUCERS FOR M. W. KELLOGG, 36x18
PIPING TECHNOLOGY & PRODUCTS, INC .

MANUFACTURER OF QUALITY PRODUCTS
AT COMPETITIVE PRICES
PT&Ps plant is located on over 20 acres south of Loop 610 just

east of the Astrodome, as shown in this aerial photograph. This
plant is headquarters for engineering, sales and manufacturing.
The thriving Houston area offers worldwide availability of quality
materials and vendor services and easy access to ocean shipping
through the Port of Houston.
OTHER CATALOGS TO REQUEST......

PIPING TECHNOLOGY & PRODUCTS, INC.
To better serve our customers, PT&P has representatives around

the globe. These independent businessmen and businesswomen
are an important part of PT&Ps team, providing personal service
and professional support to customers in their territories.
E X PANSION
PANSION JOINT CAT
CATA L O G
PRE-INSULATED PIPE EXPANSION JOINT

SUPPORT CATALOG
CATALOG
Engineered Spring Hangers

- Constant Spring Hangers
- Variable Supports
- Big Tons
Slide Bearings
- PTFE
- Graphite
- Stainless Steel
Expansion Joints
- Thin Wall Bellows
- Thick Wall
- Fabric
- Slip Type
Fabricated Pipe Shoes, Guides &

Anchors
Pipe Hanger Hardware, Clamps, &

Rods
Insulated Pipe Supports

- Hot Shoes for High Temperatures
- Cold shoes for cryogenic lines
Pipeline Pig Launchers and
Receivers
Instrument Supports
Hold Downs for Compressor Lines
Anchor Bolts
- Embeds
Fabrication
- ASME Code Pressure Vessels
- Tanks
- Spectacle and Line Blinds
- Spacers and Drip Rings
Piping Technology &

Products, Inc. U.S.A
BOX 34506, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77234-4506

PLANT LOCATION:
3701 HOLMES ROAD, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77051-1545
LOCAL PHONE: +1-713-731-0030

FAX: +1-713-731-8640
PHONE TOLL-FREE
OUTSIDE TEXAS: 1-800-PTP-5914
E-MAIL: info@pipingtech.com
WWW: http://www.pipingtech.com/
1997 PIPING TECHNOLOGY & PRODUCTS, INC.
PRINTED IN U.S.A. 50M APRIL 1999
U.S. BELLOWS, INC.

E X P A N S I O N
DE
J O I N T S
FO PLE
R
A
RT WAR SE H Attn
ME D T
:M
E
NT HIS LP
US ail R
!
I
NO PLEA NFOR SA oom
V
LO SE
NG NO MATI E OU
ER TIF ON
Y/F TO R TR
IN
YO AX
E
E
UR
U NG ES
EM S OF INEE !
R
PL
I
N
OY
DIV ING
.
IDU
AL
S
PA
BULK RATE
US POSTAGE
PAID
HOUSTON TX
PERMIT NO 5272
Please visit
Piping Technology & Products, Inc.
on the Internet:
http://www.pipingtech.com/
Available NOW online:
PT&P Main Product Catalog
http://www.pipingtech.com/products/ptpcat/
PT&P Expansion Joint Catalog
http://www.pipingtech.com/products/expjtcat/
Technical Bulletins
Corrosion Protection
Inspection and Maintenance of Supports in Piping Systems
Polyurethane Components for Pipe Supports
How to Size a Spring Hanger
FREE Software
PT&P Spring Sizing Program
Company Newsletters
Please e-mail any questions or comments to
webmaster@pipingtech.com
Piping Technology & Products, Inc.

P.O. Box 34506
Houston, Texas 77234-4506
Phone: (713) 731-0030
Fax: (713) 731-8640
E-mail: info@pipingtech.com
engineered spring supports

snubbers (mechanical +
hydraulic)
fabricated pipe shoes
clamps + misc. hardware
anchor bolts, embed plates
instrument supports
Thin-wall metallic
Gimbal
Universal
Refractory-lined
Hinged
Thick-wall expansion joints
Fabric expansion joints
Thick-wall expansion joints
Cold/Cryogenic Pipe Shoes

Hot Pipe Shoes
In a variety of
configurations:
Line Anchors
Sliding
Base-Insulated
Piping Technology & Products, Inc. P.O. Box 34506 Houston, Texas 77234-4506
Phone: (713) 731-0030 Fax: (713) 731-8640
WWW: http://www.pipingtech.com/ e-mail: info@pipingtech.com
(
All Catalogs now available in Adobe PDF format!)

Pipesuport - Catalogo de Suportação - 00001973648d16589hjm PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Pipesuport - Catalogo de Suportação - 00001973648d16589hjm PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

3

1. BIG TON VARIABLE SPRING UNIT INSTALLED IN A REFINERY

713 731 0030

TOLL-FREE OUTSIDE TEXAS

713 731 8640 800 PTP 5914

36 GIMBAL EXP. JT. BEING HYDRO-TESTED AT 1125 P.S.I.

PIPING TECHNOLOGY & PRODUCTS, INC. 04/99

STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

SP-58 and SP-69

Pipe Hangers and Supports

Steel Structures Painting Council, Vol. 1 & 2 and ISO 8501-1

Screws, Nuts and Bolts

1. MATERIAL PREPARATION PRO

INDEX OF CATALOG BY SECTIONS

ENGINEERED SPRING SUPPORTS ...........................................................................................9

SUPPORT ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS ......................................................................................91

FABRICATED PIPE SHOES AND ANCHORS...............................................................................137

SLIDE PLATES .........................................................................................................................165

MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ....................................................181

INDEX OF CATALOG BY FIGURE NUMBER ................................................................................187-188

1. ROUND AND RECTANGULAR

ABOUT PIPING TECHNOLOGY & PRODUCTS

Piping Technology & Products

SWECO Fab, Inc.

U.S. Bellows, Inc.

Pending Membership to EJMA

pipe hangers and supports (variable and

expansion joints (metallic thin-wall, metallic

USING THIS CATALOG

STRESS ANALYSIS FOR 30" PIPE SHOE

SPECIAL FABRICATED 30" PIPE SHOE FOR HEAVY LOADING

1. PIPELINE PIG LANCHER AND

SPRING HANGERS FOR 788 DEG. C

FURNACE SPRINGS FOR 910 mm OF MOVEMENT

ENGINEERED SPRING SUPPORTS

VARIABLE SPRING SUPPORTS

DRAWINGS AND DATA

BIG TON SPRINGS ......................................................................................................31-32

CONSTANT SPRING SUPPORTS

VERTICAL CONSTANTS DRAWINGS AND DATA

HORIZONTAL CONSTANTS DRAWINGS AND DATA

VELOCITY LIMITING DEVICES

TYPE A VARIABLE SPRINGS: PTP-2S, 4S AND 6S

VARIABLE SPRING NAME PLATES

SPRING HANGERS READY FOR QUALITY CONTROL

SPRING CANS WITH YOKE U-BOLTS (FIG 43)

INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

VARIABLE SPRING SUPPORTS

TYPES OF VARIABLE SUPPORTS

The spring support assembly is formed by welding two standard spring

LOAD AND TRAVEL TABLE

SPRING RATE X MOVEMENT

GENERAL DIMS FOR FIG. PTP-1

CLEVIS THICK LOADED LENGTH

SEE PTP-2 (TYPE G) FOR CHANNEL SIZES

SHIPPING LOADED LENGTH

GENERAL DIMENSIONS FOR FIG. PTP-4

CASING CASING BOTT. LOADED LENGTH LUG HOLE

SEE PTP-2 (TYPE G) FOR CHANNEL SIZES

LOADED LENGTH APPROX.

*FOR DIM'S. "S" & "T" SEE PTP 1 & 2 TABLES

GENERAL DIMNESIONS FOR FIG. PTP-6

SEE PTP-2 (TYPE G) FOR CHANNEL SIZES